ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND ... IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR BULK DRUG MANUFACTURING UNIT AT PLOT NO. F-665 & 666, UPSIDC, INDUSTRIAL AREA PHASE-1,

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

FOR

BULK DRUG MANUFACTURING UNIT AT

PLOT NO. F-665 & 666, UPSIDC, INDUSTRIAL AREA PHASE-1, TEHSIL- HAPUR, DISTRICT- HAPUR, UTTAR PRADESH

PLOT AREA- 1370 M2 PRODUCTION CAPACITY- 30 TONS/MONTH

[ToR LETTER NO: 358/Parya/SEAC/3631/2016 Dt. 16th January, 2017] STUDY PERIOD: 1ST MARCH TO 31st MAY, 2016 and 1st NOVEMBER TO 31st DECEMBER 2016

MONITORING DONE BY M/S. VARDAN ENVIROLAB (NABL ACCREDITATION NO. T-2629) [Category “B”, Project or Activity 5(f). Project is in Notified Industrial Area (UPSIDC Industrial Area, Phase-1)]

APPLICANT M/s MGL Pharma &Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.

House No. 283, Dhhannpur, Kuttupur, Post Sadar, District Jaunpur (U.P.) Email: [email protected]

Mob- 8447319986

FINAL REPORT Rev.00_2017

ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANT VARDAN ENVIRONET

(QCI/NABET ACCREDITED NO. NABET/EIA/1316/IA001) D-142, SEC. 57 GURGAON (HARYANA) E-MAIL: [email protected]

CONTACT: 0124-4291036, 09899651342

DOCUMENT NO. 2016_VI_00002_Final EIA (March 2017)

mailto:[email protected]

Bulk Manufacturing Unit at Plot no. F-665 & 666, UPSIDC Industrial Area, Phase-1, Tehsil & District- Hapur, Uttar Pradesh by M/s MGL Pharma &Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. with Production Capacity 30 Tons/Month (Category B). Regd. Address: House No. 283, Dhhannpur, Kuttupur, Post Sadar, District Jaunpur (U.P.) (Mob. 8447319986)

Document No. 2016_VI_00002_Final EIA Page | i (Revision History) M/s Vardan EnviroNet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

Final EIA/EMP Report

REVIEW AND REVISION HISTORY

History of revisions of the present report:

Table I: History of the Revisions Rev. Date Modifications Remarks

Rev.00 Final 26.02.2017 Final EIA /EMP Report Report has been prepared by Team Vardan and all the comments of reviewers have been incorporated in final EIA/EMP report.

Document No. 2016_VI_00002

Table II: Record of Review

Rev. Date Description Review-1 Review-2 Approval Rev.00 26.02.2017 Final EIA /EMP

Report Mr. Mukesh Kapila Mr. S.K. Sharma Mr. R.S. Yadav

-

-

-

This Report has been prepared by Vardan EnviroNet on behalf of M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. with due consideration and skill as per our general terms and conditions of business and terms of agreement with the M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. DISCLAIMER Vardan EnviroNet has taken all reasonable precautions in the preparation of this report as per its auditable quality plan. Vardan EnviroNet also believes that the facts presented in the report are accurate as on the date it was written. However, it is impossible to dismiss absolutely, the possibility of errors or omissions. Vardan EnviroNet therefore specifically disclaims any liability resulting from the use or application of the information contained in this report. The information is not intended to serve as legal advice related to the individual situation.

QCI-NABET Scheme for accreditation of EIA Consultant Organisations/Version 3/June 2015

DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA ii

DECLARATION BY CONSULTANT

NABET Annexure – VII

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA of M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

EIA Coordinator: Mr. Mukesh Kapila

Signature: Date: 03.03.2017 Contact information: D-142, Sector-57, Sushant Lok-III, Golf Course Extension Road,

Gurgaon (Haryana) Contact no: 9899651342 Email: [email protected] Team Member:

Mr. R.S Yadav Mr. S.K. Sharma Mr. Kaunain Sidqui

Date: 03.03.2017 Contact information: D-142, Sector-57, Sushant Lok-III, Golf Course Extension Road, Gurgaon (Haryana) Contact no: 7040783282

Email: [email protected]

Functional Area Experts involved in proposed activity are:

S.No Functional Areas

Name of the expert/s

Involvement during February, 2016 – Till date

Signature & Date

1. AP FAE : Mr. SK Sharma

FAA :

Ms. Monika Gupta

February, 2016 – Till date a) Identifying the sources of emissions and mitigation measures. b) Inventorisation of point Source Stacks emissions details. c) Site-specific micrometeo1ology Monitoring.




DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA iii

d) Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) monitoring Impact predictions and mitigations. e) Budget Allocation

2. WP FAE : Mr. SK Sharma

FAA

Ms. Monika Gupta

February, 2016 – Till date a) Surface water and ground water quality monitoring and assessment, impacts on Water environment and mitigations. b) Identification, characterisation of effluent streams and treatments there of c) Water balance and conservation measures d) Water balance and conservation measures e) Budget Allocation

3. SHW FAE : Mr. SK Sharma

FAA

Nishant Shakya

February, 2016 – Till date a) Non-hazardous solid wastes generation, recycling and disposal b) Storage and management of hazardous solid wastes c) Budget Allocation

4. SE FAE :

Ms. Shilpa Mishra

FAA Mr. Bhagwan Sahay

February, 2016 – Till date a) Determination of demographic profile including socio economy & livelihood b) Assessing the changes in socio economic pattern c) Budget Allocation


DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA iv

5. EB FAE : Dr.Ashok Rathoure Involvement during (February , 2016 to August 2016) Dr. NG Srivastava Involvement during (September , 2016 – Till date)

February, 2016 – Till date a) Biological environment status in respect of of terrestrial faun and aquatic eco system b) Impact on ecological environment

6. HG FAE : Mr. R.S Yadav

February, 2016 – Till date a) Ground water resource assessment b) Impact on ground water potential and mitigation measures for avoiding Ground water contamination.

7. AQ FAE : Mrs. Surbhi Makwana

FAA Mr. Aman kumar

February, 2016 – Till date a) Processing of site- specific micrometeorological data b) Collection and use of inversion / mixing Height data for modelling. c) Air dispersion modelling for prediction of GLCS due to PM1o, S02 and Nox

8. NV FAE :

Mr. Asif Hussain

FAA Ms. Neha Jain

February, 2016 – Till date a) Analysis of ambient noise quality data b) Impact due to plant noise and abatement measures

9. LU FAE : Mr. Joshua Anand

FAA

Mr. Bhagwan Sahay

February, 2016 – Till date a) Analysis of data related to land use pattern b) Land use map development. c) Impact on land environment in respect to land form change


DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA v

10. RH FAE :

Mr. Kuldeepak Ahuja

February, 2016 – Till date a) Identification of hazardous prone areas b) Environment risk evaluation c) On-site and Off-site emergency planning

Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person

I, R.S. Yadav, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA “Drug Manufacturing Unit of M/s MGL Pharma & Chemical Ltd. at Plot no. F-665 & 666, UPSIDC Industrial Area, Phase-1, Tehsil & District- Hapur, Uttar Pradesh.” I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.

Name: R.S.Yadav

Signature

Designation: Managing Director

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Vardan Environet, QCI/NABET Accredited Environment Consultancy

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/1316/IA001 valid upto 07.05.2017.


DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA vi

NABET Certificate No. : NABET/EIA/1316/IA001 valid upto 07.05.2017.

NABET CERTIFICATE


DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA vii

Bulk Manufacturing Unit at Plot no. F-665 & 666, Upsidc Industrial Area, Phase-1, Tehsil & District- Hapur, Uttar Pradesh by M/s MGL Pharma &Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. with Production Capacity 30 Tons/Month (Category B). Regd. Address: House No. 283, Dhhannpur, Kuttupur, Post Sadar, District Jaunpur (U.P.) (Mob. 8447319986)

Document No. 2016_VI_00002_Final EIA Page | viii (Table of content) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Title Page No.

i Review and Revision History i ii Decleration of Consultant ii iii Table of Contents viii iv List of Tables Xiii v List of Figures Xv vi Abbreviations xvi vii ToR Letter xix-xxvi

TOR Compliance xxvii-xlvii VOLUME- I 1-188

1 INTRODUCTION 1-7 1.1 Introduction 1

1.2 Purpose of the Report 1 1.3 Identification of Project and Project Proponent 1

1.3.1 Company’s Past Performance 2 1.3.2 Present Status and Implementation Schedule of Company 2

1.4 Brief description of the project and its importance to the country and region 2 1.4.1 Brief Description of the Project 2 1.4.2 Importance to the Country and Region 3

1.5 Scope of the Study 4 1.5.1 Structure of the Report 4 1.5.2 Aspect Impact Analysis with Regulatory Framework 7

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 8-31

2.0 General 8 2.1 Type of Project 8 2.2 Need for the Project 8 2.3 Location of Project (Maps Showing General Location, Specific Locations, Project

Boundary and Project Site Layout) 8

2.4 Size and Magnitude of Operation 15 2.5 Proposed Scheduled for Approval and Implementation 15

2.5.1 Phase Wise Project Implementation Schedule 15 2.6 Technology and Process Description 15

2.6.1 Process For Diclofenac Sodium 15 2.6.2 Process For Aceclofenac 17 2.6.3 Process For 3-Nitroacetophenone 18

2.7 Project Description 25 2.7.1 Land Use 19 2.7.2 Raw Materials and Source 19 2.7.3 Transportation of Raw Material 19 2.7.4 Water Requirement 20 2.7.5 Power Requirement 21 2.7.6 Manpower 21 2.7.7 Project Cost 21 2.7.8 Rain Water Harvesting 22 2.7.9 Fuel Requirements 22

2.7.10 Boiler Details 22


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_Final EIA Page | ix (Table of content) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana


2.8 Description of Mitigation Measure Incorporated In To The Project To Meet Environmental Standard, Environmental Operating Conditions Or Other EIA Requirements

22

2.8.1 Air Pollution 22 2.8.2 Waste Water Treatment, Recycle and Utilization 23

2.8.2.1 Treatment Scheme of ETP 23 2.8.3 Noise Pollution and Control System 28 2.8.4 Solid Waste Management 28 2.8.5 Hazardous Waste Management 28 2.8.6 Green Belt Development 28 2.8.7 Facilities at the Plant 28 2.8.8 Health and Sanitation 29 2.8.9 Aspect/Impact Analysis 29

2.8.10 Zero Waste Discharge Scheme 29 2.9 Cleaner Production Technology 29

2.9.1 Pollution Prevention 30 2.9.2 Water Conservation 30 2.9.3 Energy Conservation 30 2.9.4 Reuse / Recycle 30 2.9.5 Good Housekeeping 30 2.10 Assessment of New & Untested Technology For The Risk of Technological

Failure 31

2.11 Summary 31

3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 32-82 3.0 Introduction 32

3.1 Study Area and Period 32 3.2 Environmental Components 32 3.3 Land Use and Land Cover 32

3.3.1 Data Collection Methodology 32 3.3.2 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area 33

3.4 Geology and Hydrology 36 3.5 Air Environment and Meteorology 41

3.5.1 Climate 41 3.5.2 Temperature 41 3.5.3 Rainfall 41 3.5.4 Humidity 41 3.5.5 Micro-Meteorology at Site 41 3.5.6 Wind Speed/ Direction 41

3.6 Ambient Air Quality 42 3.6.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 43 3.6.2 Baseline Data 43

3.7 Water Environment 50 3.7.1 Surface Water 50 3.7.2 Ground Water 52

3.8 Noise Environment 57 3.8.1 Noise Analysis Within the Study Area 57

3.9 Traffic Study 60 3.10 Soil Quality in the Study Area 61

3.10.1 Soil Quality And Characteristics 61 3.11 Biological Environment 65


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_Final EIA Page | x (Table of content) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana


3.11.1 Methodology for Terrestrial Ecology 65 3.11.2 Terrestrial Floral and Faunal Components of the Study Area 65 3.11.3 Floral Diversity of the Study Area 65 3.11.4 Cultivated Plants in the Study Area 67 3.11.5 Faunal Biodiversity of the Study Area 68

3.12 Socio-Economic Environment 69 3.12.1 Baseline Status 70 3.12.2 Demographic Profile of Villages 71 3.12.3 Socio-economic Survey 74

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES 83-106 4.0 Introduction 83

4.1 Anticipated Environmental Impacts During Construction Phase 83 4.1.1 Matrix Representation 83 4.1.2 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Air Environment 85 4.1.3 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Water Environment 85 4.1.4 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Soil Environment 85 4.1.5 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Noise Environment 86 4.1.6 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Land Cover/ Land Use 86 4.1.7 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Hydrogeology 86 4.1.8 Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures on Geology 86 4.1.9 Impact and Mitigation Measures due to Solid/ Hazardous 86

4.1.10 Impact and Mitigation Measures due to Risk Hazardous 87 4.1.11 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Ecology and Biodiversity 87 4.1.12 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Socio economic Environment 87

4.2 Anticipated Environmental Impacts During Operation Phase 88 4.2.1 Matrix Representation 88 4.2.2 Ambient Air Quality Modeling by ISCST3 Dispersion Model 90 4.2.3 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Air Environment 98 4.2.4 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Water Environment 99 4.2.5 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Soil Environment 100 4.2.6 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Noise Environment 100 4.2.7 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Land Cover/ Land Use 100 4.2.8 Impact and Mitigation Measures for Hydrogeology 101 4.2.9 Geology 101

4.2.10 Impact and Mitigation Measures due to Solid/ Hazardous 101 4.2.11 Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures due to Risk and Hazard 101 4.2.12 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Ecology and Biodiversity 101 4.2.13 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Socio-Economic Environment 102

4.3 Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitments of Environmental Components 102 4.4 Assessment of Significance of Impacts (Criteria For Determining Significance,

Assigning Significance) & Mitigation Measures 103

4.5 Summary 106

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITE 107 5.0 Introduction 107

5.1 Alternative for Technology and other Parameters 107

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 108-110 6.0 Introduction 108

6.1 Monitoring Points / Locations and Components 108


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_Final EIA Page | xi (Table of content) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana


6. 1.1 Monitoring Methodologies 108 6.1.2 Reporting and Documentation 108 6.1.3 Budget and Procurement Schedule 110

6.2 Summary 110

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 111-139

7.1 Public Consultation 111 7.2 Risk Assessment 111

7.2.1 Risk Assessment & Damage Control 111 7.2.2 Maximum Credible Accident Analysis (MCA) 111 7.2.3 Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment (HAZID-HIRA) 111 7.2.4 General Recommendations for M/s. MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt Ltd 119 7.2.5 Occupational Health & Safety at M/s. MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt Ltd 121 7.2.6 Disaster Management Plan 130 7.2.7 Onsite Emergency Plans 132 7.2.8 Off-Site Emergency Planning 137 7.2.9 Conclusion 139

8 PROJECT BENEFITS 140-141 8.0 Introduction 140

8.1 Physical Benefits 140 8.2 Social Benefits 140 8.3 Ecological Benefits 141 8.4 Other Tangible Benefits 141 8.5 Summary 141

9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 142 9.0 Project Cost and Project Appraisal 142

9.1 Financial Pattern 142 9.2 Budgetary Provision for Pollution Control Facilities 142 9.3 Summary 142

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 143-159 10.0 Introduction 143

10.1 Purpose of Environmental Management Plan 143 10.2 Environment Management Policy 163 10.3 Monitoring and Responsibilities 145

10.3.1 Air Environment 147 10.3.2 Water Environment 148 10.3.3 Rain Water Harvesting and Recharging 151 10.3.4 Land Environment 153 10.3.5 Solid Waste 153 10.3.6 Noise and Communication 153 10.3.7 Green Belt Development and Green Cover 154 10.3.8 Solvent Management System 157

10.4 Socio-Economic Development Activities 158 10.4.1 Occupational Health and Safety 159

10.5 Summary 159

11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 160-164


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_Final EIA Page | xii (Table of content) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana


11.0 General 160 11.1 Introduction 160 11.2 Project Description 16 11.3 Description of the Environment 161 11.4 Anticipated Environmental Impact and Mitigation Measures 162 11.5 Analysis of Alternative Site 163 11.6 Environmental Monitoring Program 163

11.7 Additional Studies 163 11.8 Project Benefits 163 11.9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 163

11.10 Environment Management Plan 164 11.11 Conclusion 164

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED 165

VOLUME II

ANNEXURES Annexure I Executive Summary 166 Annexure II Land Documents 173 Annexure III CGWA Application Receipt 217 Annexure IV Baseline Request Letter 218 Annexure V NABL and MoEF&CC Certificate 219 Annexure VI Air Report 221 Annexure VII Water Report 245 Annexure VIII Noise Report 293 Annexure IX Soil Report and Standard Soil Classification 309 Annexure X Environnemental Policy 325 Annexure XI MSDS Sheet of Chemicals 327 Annexure XII Undertaking 402 Annexure XIII Certificate for Industrial Area 403


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_Final EIA Page | xiii (Table of content) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana


LIST OF TABLE

Table No. Title Page No. 1.1 Partner's Background 2 1.2 Salient Features of the Project 2 2.1 Summary of the Project 15 2.2 Phase Wise Project Implementation Schedule 15 2.3 Area Breakup of the Site 19 2.4 List of raw material 19 2.5 Water Balance 20 2.6 Power Requirement 21 2.7 Details of Employment Requirement 21 2.8 Break up for the Proposed Investment 21 2.9 Fuel requirement 22

2.10 Details of Stack with Air Pollution Control System 22 2.11 Air emission from stack 23 2.12 Hazardous Waste Management 28 2.13 Environmental Aspect, Impact and Proposed Mitigation Measures 29 3.1 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area 33 3.2 Blockwise Ground Water Resource As on 31.3.2004 36 3.3 Blockwise Source of Irrigation and Irrigated Area by Different Sources 37 3.4 Climatological Details (March to May, 2016) 41 3.5 Procedures for Determining Various Air Quality Parameters 42 3.6 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Sampling Stations 43 3.7 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (1st March – 31st May, 2016) 43 3.8 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (1st November to 31st December, 2016) 46 3.9 Surface Water Sampling Stations 50

3.10 Physico-chemical characteristics of Surface Water (March to May, 2016) 50 3.11 Physico-chemical characteristics of Surface Water (1st November to 31st

December, 2016) 51

3.12 Ground Water sampling location 52 3.13 Ground Water Analysis (March to May, 2016) 53 3.14 Ground Water Analysis (November-December, 2016) 54 3.15 Noise Level Sampling Stations 57 3.16 Noise Level during Sampling (March to May, 2016) 57 3.17 Noise Level during Sampling (November to December, 2016) 58 3.18 Highway in the Study Area 60 3.19 No. of Vehicles per Day 60 3.20 Existing Traffic Scenario and LOS 60 3.21 Modified Traffic Scenarios and LOS 61 3.22 Soil Monitoring Station 61 3.23 Physico-chemical Properties of Soil (March to May, 2016) 62 3.24 Physico-chemical Properties of Soil (November to December, 2016) 63 3.25 Trees in the study area 65 3.26 Lists of Shrubs in the Study Area 66 3.27 List of Herbaceous Species observed in the area 66 3.28 List of Climbers Observed in the Study area 68 3.29 Reptiles and Amphibian in the Study Area 69 3.30 Mammals in Study area 69 3.31 List of the villages for field survey of socio-economic environment 77 3.32 Summarized demographic structure of the study area 77


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_Final EIA Page | xiv (Table of content) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana


Table No. Title Page No. 3.33 Demographic Structure of the Study area 77 3.34 Occupational Structure of the study area 79 3.35 Summary of Infrastructure Resource Base of the Study Area 81 4.1 Impact Identification Matrix (Construction Phase) 83 4.2 Environmental Impact Matrix (Construction Phase) 84 4.3 Cumulative Impact Chart 84 4.4 Identification of Impacts during Operation Phase 88 4.5 Impact Identification Matrix (Operation Phase) 88 4.6 Environmental Impact Matrix (Operation Phase) 89 4.7 Cumulative Impact Chart 90 4.8 Dispersion parameters as per stability class 92 4.9 Stack details 92

4.10 Predicted GLC of PM10 at Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations 93 4.11 Environmental Impact Assessments 103 5.1 Alternative for Technology and other Parameters 107 6.1 Post Project Environmental Monitoring Locations 108 6.2 Parameters and Frequency for Post Project Environmental Monitoring 109 7.1 List of Damages Envisaged at Various Heat Loads 112 7.2 NFPA 704: Hazardous Material Classification 113 7.3 Emergency preparedness plan 116 7.4 General Recommendations for Fire Fighting Facilities onsite 120 7.5 Summary of Recommended Personal Protective Equipment According to Hazard 120 7.6 Summary of Material Handled, Firefighting & Personal Protective Equipment

According to Type of Hazard 121

7.7 PEL level Summary of Hazardous chemicals handled At M/s. MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt Ltd

129

7.8 Specific Health status (Periodicl Examination Format) 130 7.9 Identified Disaster Scenario at MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt Ltd 130 9.1 Project Cost 142

10.1 Responsibility of Environment Management Cell 146 10.2 Rain Water Harvesting/Recharge Details 151 10.3 Recommended Plant Species for Green Belt Development 155 10.4 Species Selected for Plantation along the Roadside 156 10.5 Cost Details for Environment Protection Measures 158 10.6 Details of CSR Budgetary Plan 158


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_Final EIA Page | xv (Table of content) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana


LIST OF FIGURE

Figure No. Title Page No. 1.1 Key Plan of Study Area 6 2.1 Location Map of Project Site 9 2.2 (a and b) Map Showing Severly Pooluted Area 10 2.3 (a and b) Google (Short view and Long view) image of Project Site 11 2.4 Route Map 12 2.5 Site Layout Map (Showing Separate Entry and Exit) 13 2.6 Photographs of Project Site 14 2.7 Water Balance Diagram 20 2.8 Flow Diagram of ETP 27 3.1 Methodology Used for Land use Classification and Mapping 33 3.2 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area 34 3.3 FCC Map of the Study Area 35 3.4 Depth of Water Level Hapur District 38 3.5 Water Table Elevation Map 39 3.6 Drainage Map of Study Area. 40 3.7 Wind Rose Diagram (blowing from) 42 3.8 Concentration of Pollutants (March to May, 2016) 45 3.9 Concentration of Pollutants (November to December, 2016) 48 3.10 Map showing Air Monitoring Stations 49 3.11 Map showing Water Sampling Stations 56 3.12 Map showing Noise Sampling Stations 59 3.13 Map Showing Soil Sampling Location 64 3.14 Bar diagram representing the ratio of population in the study area 76 3.15 Literacy rate of the Study Area 76 3.16 Occupational Pattern of the Study Area 76 4.1 Gaussian Plume Model 91 4.2 Windrose Diagram 93 4.3 Spatial Distribution of Predicted GLCs of PM10 95 4.4 Spatial Distribution of Predicted GLCs of SO

2 96

4.5 Spatial distribution of predicted GLCs of NOX 97

7.1 Earth Quake Zonation Map 115 7.2 Earth Quake Zonation Map 118 7.3 Onsite DMP - Disaster Control / Management System 133 7.4 Various Organizations Involved During Emergency 138 10.1 Organization of Environment Management Cell 144 10.2 Rain Water Harvesting Pit 152 10.3 Green belt development Plan 157


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_Final EIA Page | xvi (Table of content) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana


LIST OF CHEMICALS FOR MSDS

S.No. Name of Chemical Page No.

1. 2-6 Dichlorophenol 327 2. Sodium methoxide (30%) 333 3. Mono Methyle Chloro Acetate 338 4. Chloro Acetyl Chloride 342 5. Methanol 348 6. Sodium Hydroxide 354 7. Dichlofenace 360 8. Tertiary Butyle Chloro Acetate 365 9. Tetra Butyle Ammonium Bromide 372

10. Formic Acid 377 11. Acetofenance 383 12. Nitric Acid 389 13. Sulphuric acid 395


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_Final EIA Page | xvii (Table of content) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana


ABBREVIATIONS AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring APCD Air Pollution Control Devices

cm Centimeter CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

dB Decibel DG Diesel Generator E East

ECC Emergency Control Centre EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EMC Environmental Management Cell EMP Environmental Management Plan ENE East of North- East EPA Environmental Protection Agencies ESE East of South East ETP Effluent treatment plant FCC False Colour Composite GC Gas Chromatography GIS Geographical information system GLC Ground level concentration GPS Global Positioning System IPA Iso propyl alcohol IMD Indian Meteorological Department IRS Indian Remote Sensing Satellite

ISCST Industrial Source Complex, Short Terms ISO International Organization of Standardization ISS Indian Standard Specification KLD Kilo Litre Per Day Km Kilometer KVA Kilo Volt Ampere KW Kilo Watt m Meter

M bgl Meter Below Ground Level mg Milligram

MoEF&CC Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change mRL Mean Reference Level

MSMEs Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises N North

NE North-East NH National Highway

NNE North of North-East NNW North of North-West NO2 Nitrogen Dioxides NTU Naphelo Turbidity Unit NW North-West

OHSAS Occupational Health & Safety Assessment GPCB Gujarat Pollution Control Board PPE Personal Protective Equipment PPM Part Per Million Pvt. Private


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_Final EIA Page | xviii (Table of content) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana


ABBREVIATIONS QC Quality Council QCI Quality Council of India QRA Quantitative Risk Assessment R&R Rehabilitation & Resettlement RDS Respirable Dust Sampler

RSPM Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter RO Reverse Osmosis SE South- East

SEIAA State Level Environmental Assessment Authority SO2 Sulphur-Di-Oxide SOI Survey of India SSE South of South-East SSW South of South-West STP Sewage Treatment plant TAC Traffic Advisory Committee TDS Total Dissolve Solid TOR Terms of Reference TPH Tones Per Hour TS Total Solid

TSDF Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility US EPA United State Environmental Protection Agencies µg/m3 Micro gram per meter cube VOC Volatile organic matter

w.e.f. With Effective From w.r.t. With Reference To W/W Weight By Weight WNW West Of North-West WSW West Of South-West ZLD Zero Liquid Discharge

.n..qp:sn:rco rost

State Leveh Exp~ert Appraisal Committee, Uttar Pradesh

To,

. ... . . .., .... .._ .. _ -------·-

Mr. Shailendra Sonkar, Director M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. Plot no . F- 665 & 666, UPSIDC Industrial Area, M.G. Road,Distt.- Hapur-22200l,U.P.

Directorate of Envimnmen~, U.P. Dr. Bhim Rao Ambedkar Paryavaran Parisar Vineet Khand -1 , Gomti Nagar, Lucknow- 226 010 Phone: 91-522-2300 541, Fax : 91-522-2300 543 E-mail : [email protected] Website : www.r.eiaaup.com

3. ;:; n Date ·. I {; Januarv,2017 Ref. No .. .... .:. .. oJ.,J ..... .. ..... /Parya/SEAC/363112016 J

Sub: ToRs for Manufacturing Unit of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates at F-665, UPSIDC, MG

Road Industrial Area, Hapur, U.P., M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.

Dear Sir, The committee noted that an application dated 02/03116,28/03116,20110116 \Vas made hy the

project proponent for seeking exemption from obtaining environmental clearance regarding Two

Manufacturing Unit of Bulk Drugs & Intennediates at F-665, UPSIDC, MG Road Industrial Area,

Hapur, U.P. , M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.

The project proponent submitted their replies through letter dated 17110/2016 through which they have submitted UPSIDC order dated 02/07/2015 regarding pem1ission for tranfer of plot no. F-665, Industrial area MG Road, Ghaziabad in favour of M /s MGL Pharma and Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. A presentation was made by Shri Iftaar Ansari, authorized r epresentative of project proponent along with their consultant M/s Vardan Enviro Net. The proponent, tlu·ough the documents submitted and the presentation made, informed the cmi1mittee that:-

1. The enviromnental clearance is sought for Manufacturing Unit of Bulk Drugs & Inte1mediates at F-665, UPSIDC, MG Road Industrial Area, Hapur, U.P., M/s MGL Phanna & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.

2. Product details: S.No Product Capacity (Metric Ton/Month) 1. Diclofenace 30 MT/Month 2. Aceclofenace 3 . 3- Nitro Acetophenone 4. Mono Methyl Chloro Acetate

3. Raw material requirement: Sr. No. Raw Material Name Product Name 1. 2-6 Di chlorophenole Dichlofenace 2. Sodium methoxide (30%) ·' .

3. Mono Methyle Chloro Acetate 0

4 . Chloro Acetyl Chloride II'

5. Methanol 6. Sodium Hydroxide

7. Dichlofenace Acetofenance 8. Te1tiary Butyle Chloro Acetate 9. Tetra Butyle Ammonium Bromide 10 . Formic Acid

11. Acetofenance 3- Nitroacetophenone 12. Nitric Acid 13. Sulphuric acid 14. Methanol

4. Plant site and location: I S.No I Particulars Details

HPpc

Typewritten Text

HPpc

Typewritten Text

xix

ToRs for Manufacturing Unit of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates at F-665, UPSIDC MG Road Industrial Area, H apur. U.P., M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.

1 Location a Village/ Town/Plot No . F 665 &666 b Tehsil Hapm -;.!

c District Hapur ·'

d State Uttar Pradesh . e Latitude 28°39'2.77" N d Longitude 7]034'21.65" E

2 Elevation 212m " Land use at the project site Industrial .)

4 Climatic Conditions Temperature Rainfall Min: soc, Max:40 ac

905 mm (average) Relative humidity 30-100%

5 Nearest highway NH24 6 Nearest railhead Maharauli Railway station -8 .65km 7 Nearest airport Safadarganj Airport-37 km 8 Nearest m(ljor city _hapur 9 Nearest major settlement Hapur 10 Features with 10 km: i) Defence installations Nil ii) Archaeological important Nil

places iii) Wild life sanctuaries Nil Iv) Reserved/Protected forest Nil v) Industries Nil vi) Rivers Nil vii) Hill ranges Nil viii) State Boundary Nil

5. Water requirement details: S.No Category Water Wastewater Remark

Consumption Generation L/Day (L/Day)

1. Domestic 2000 1500 To soak pit thJ'ougb septic tank

2. Other Uses (Gardening) 1000 Nil (Recycled water)

3. Industrial Process 5000 3000 To treatment plant for Equipment& Reactor 1000 1000 treatment Laboratory 5QO 500 Cooling Tower 500 Boiler 2000 Nil

Total Industrial 8500 4500 Total Industrial +Domestic 11000 6000

6. The project proposals are covered under category 5"f" ofEIA Notification, 2006.

The committee discussed the matter and recommended following TORs for conducting EIA studies:

1) Executive summary of the project. 2) Introduction:

1. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation 11. Information about the project proponent m Impmiance and benefits of the project

3) Project Description 1. Cost of project and time of completion. 11. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

2

HPpc

Typewritten Text

xx

ToRs for Manufacturing Uni t of Bulk Dr ugs & Intermediates at F-665, UPSIDC, MG Road Industrial Area , Hapur, U.P .. M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.

m. If expansion project, details of existing products '\Vith capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

1v. List ofraw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation. v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities v1 . Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management. vu. Requirement ofwater, power, with source of supply, status of approval, '\Vater balance

diagram, man-pmver requirement (regular and contract)

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machine1;ies , process flmv

sheet ( quantative) from raw material to products to be provided

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

4) Site Details: 1. Location of the project site covenng village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State,

Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

u. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 1 Okm and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000

scale on an A3/ A2 sheet. ' (including all eco-sensitive· areas and environmentally

sensitive places)

111. The structure design ce1iificate by qualified structure engineer should be· submitted. The

structural design ce1iificate should preferably be vetted by IITs/CBRI. Provision of

alann system, to timely notify the employees/residents, in case of occurrence of emihquake/other natural disasters/fire should be provided.

1v. Copy of approved layout plan/building plans/services plans. v. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site v1. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four comers of the site. v 1t. Google map-Ea1ih downloaded of the project site. viii. Layout maps indicating proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area,

utilities etc. If lucaleu within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

1x. Photographs of the proposed site . x. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired),

govenunent/ private - agricultural, forest, wastelm1d, water bodies, settlements, etc

shall be included.

XI. A list of major industries with name m1d type within study area (lOkm r'!-dius) shall

be incorporated. Land use details of the study area

xii. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status ofthe study area shall be included. xiii. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1

Ian radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood

occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of

Flood Level of the project site a11d maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be

provided. (mega green field projects)

XIV. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

xv. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Govenm1ent policy.

5) Forest and wildlife r elated issues (if applicable): 1. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance) , if any,

3

HPpc

Typewritten Text

xxi

'·

ToRs for Manufacturing Unit of Bulk Drugs & Intermedia tes at F-665, UPSIDC. MG Road Industrial Area, Hagur. U.P .• M/s MGL Pha rma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. ·

and recommendations ofthe State Forest Department. (if applicable) 11. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the propo:;ed site

delineating the forestlar1d (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha) u1. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance alol1g ·with

latest status shall be submitted. 1v. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanct1mries, Biosphere

Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall, submit the map duly authenticated by Chief 'Nildlife Warden shO\ving these features 'i_is-a-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief \Vildlife Wardetf of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

v1. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee ofthe National Board for Wildlife.

6) Environmental Status: 1. Detetmination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific

micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfalL

n. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PMlO, PM2.5, S02, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant 'vind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

m Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks qf all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an armexure to the EIA Report.

IV. Surface water quality of nearby River (lOOm upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes gi,>e details.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included. vn. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area. viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. IX. Traffic study ofthe area, type ofvehicles, frequency of vehicles fortransportation of

materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area

shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If

Schedule-! fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall

be prepared and fumished. XI. Socio-economic status ofthe study area.

7) Impact and Environment Management Plan: 1. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based

on site-specific meteorological features. In case the proj ect is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ.

4

HPpc

Typewritten Text

xxii

ToRs for Manufactur-ing Unit of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates a t F-665, UPSIDC. MG Road Industrial Area, Hapur, U.P., M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.

Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ

of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for

modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a

location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive

receptors, if any.

n. \Vater Quality modelling - in case of discharge in 'vater body m Impact of the transpmi of the rav-,1 materials and end products on the surrounding

enviromnent hall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transpmi of

raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum

road transpmi or conveyor- cum-railtranspmi shall be examined.

1v. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and

reused for different pt.nvoses shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment.

Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standru:ds of

discharge under E(P) Rules.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards. v1. Measures for fugitive emission control vu. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management.

Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant

shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization,

recycle/reuse/recover teclmiques, Energy conservation, and natural resource

conservation.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A

detailed plan of action shall be provided.

D~. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less

than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, plaru1ing

schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project bmmdary

and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest

rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and

also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water ·and reduce

the water requirement from other sources .

x1. Total capital cost and recurring cost/rumum · for envirom11ental pollution control

measures shall be included.

xii. Action plan for post-project enviroru11entalmonitoring shall be submitted. xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency

Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster

management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8) Occupational health: 1. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and

casual workers

u. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is

being evaluated by pre designed fom1at, chest x rays , Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far

5

HPpc

Typewritten Text

xxiii

ToRs for Manufacturing Unit of Bulk Drugs & Intermedia tes at F-665. UPSIDC. MG Road Industrial Area . Harur . U.P .• M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.

& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement

and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month

analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, dmation of exposure and

depmiment wise.

m Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. \\That are the exposure levels of

hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposme level (PEL). If these are

not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so

that health of the workers can be preserved,

IV. Annual repmi of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupationa l Health

and Safety.

9) Corporate Environment Policy: 1. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board

of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA repmt.

u. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process I procedures to

bring into focus any infringement I deviation I violation of the environmental or

forest norms I conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

111. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal \Vith

the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental

clearance conditions? Details ofthis system may be given.

1v. Does the compm1y have system of repmiing of non compliances I violations of

environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company a11d I or shareholders

or stakeholders at large? This repmiing mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA repmi.

1 0) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel , restroom etc. to be provided to

the labour force during construction as well as to the casual \Vorkers including truck drivers

·during operation phase.

11) Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) plan along with budgetary provision amounting to

2.5% of project cost shall be prepared and approved by Board of Directors ofthe company. A

copy of resolution as above shall be submitted to the authority alongwith list of beneficiaries

with their mobile nos ./address .

12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Comi of

Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received

any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of

Air and Water Acts? If so, details ·thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present

status of the case.

13) A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

14) Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent recovery and for emissions control.

15) Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its anangement to control.

16) Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process-specific pollutants* like NI-I3 *,

chlorine*, HCl *, HBr* , H2S *, HF* ,etc.,(* -as applicable)

17) Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals.

18) Detailed effluent treatrt1ent scheme including segregation of efflueht streams for units

adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge. 19) Action plan for odour control to be submitted.

6

HPpc

Typewritten Text

xxiv

ToRs for Man ufa ctu ring Unit of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates at F-665, UPSIDC. MG Road Industrial Area, Hapur. U.P., M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.

20) A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating

clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

21) Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous

waste in TSDF, if any.

22) Action plan for utilization ofMEE/dryers salts.

23) Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.

24) Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.

25) Details of incinerator if to be installed.

26) Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents . Action plan for

handling & safety system to be incorporated.

27) Anangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic

materials.

The project proponent also informed that they have conducted baseline monitoring regarding the project and requested that they should be permitted to use monitoring data for the purpose of preparation of EIA. The committee discussed and directed that additional monitoring for month of November and December, 2016 should additionally be unde1iaken for preparation ofEIA. The matter shall be discussed after submission ofEIA with incorporation of public hearing recommendations.

General Guidelines: a. A legal affidavit by the Project proponent on Rs. 100/- non-judicial Stamp Paper, duly attested by

Public Notary, stating that: l. "There is no litigation pending against the project and/or land in which the project is proposed to

be set up (please give name & ownership etc. of the project) and that for any such litigation what so ever, the sole responsibility will be borne by the Project proponent."

II. "No activity relating to this project (i.e. name ofthe project) including civil construction has been unde1taken at site except fencing of the site to protect it from getting encroached and construction of temporary shed(s) for the guard(s). (if fencing has not been done, then the same may be deleted).

III. "I/We hereby give undetiaking that the data and information given in the application, enclosures and other documents are true to the best of my knowledge and belief and I/We

· am/are aware that if any pmi of the data and information submitted is found to be false or misleading at any stage, the project will be rejected a11d Clearance given, if a11y to the Project 1vill be revoked at our risk and cost."

r\1 . Project does not fall under a11y buffer zone of no-development as declared /identified under any law.

b. Another legal affidavit by the consultant stating "(a) that the prescribed TORs have been complied with (to be deleted if not applicable) & (b) that details and the data presented are factually correct", as per MoEF circular dated 04.08 .2009 is also to be submitted along \vith EIA. Current, site photographs viewing towards the project area from four directions indicating date of photograph taken, direction from 1vhich taken, name of the project, and signature of Project proponent along with consultant with seal should be submitted, so as to ensur~ that no construction has been stmied before the grant ofEC.

d. EIA should strictly follow the guidelines prescribed in annexure-III to the EIA notification of 2006 and the Methods of Monitoring and analysis (Annexure-IV): Guidance for assessment of representativeness and reliability of baseline environmental attributes detailed under EIA manual January, 2001 and other guidelines in the matter.

e. The status of accreditation of the EIA consultant with NABET/QCI shall be specifically mentioned. The consultant shall certify that his accreditation is for the sector for which this EIA is prepared.

7

HPpc

Typewritten Text

xxv

Ashok K

Highlight

Ashok K

Highlight

ToRs for Manufacturing Unit of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates at F-665, UPSIDC MG Road I ndustrial Area. H ai?ur. U.P., M/s MGL Pha rma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.

f. On the front page of EIA/EMP reports , the name of the consultant/consultancy finn along ·with their complete details including their accreditation, if any shall be indicated.

g. While submitting the EIA/EMP repmis , the name of the expe1is associated with/involved in the preparation of these repmis and the Name of laboratory tlu·ough which the samples have been got analysed should be stated in the repmi. It shall clearly be indicated \Vhether said labm·atory is accredited by NABL or approved under the Enviromnent (Protection) Act. 1986 (Please refer MoEF office memorandum dated 4111 August, 2009). The name project leader of the EtA study shall also be mentioned.

h. The E1A document shall be printed on both sides, as for as possible.

The Information's no (a I , II, III & c) asked under the general guidelines is to be submitted

within 15 days from the date of receipt of the letter and remaining of the information's is to be

submitted along with the EIA.

No ......................... ./Parva/SEAC/363112016 Dated: As above Copy for Information and necessary action to:

D~ {sh;uti Sl.mlda)

Nodal Officer, SEIAA, UP, Directorate of Environment, U.P.

1. The Principal Secretary, Environment, U.P. Govt. , Lucknow. 2. Advisor, IA Division, Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change, Govt. of India, Indira

ParyavaranBhawan, Jor Bagh Road, Aliganj, New Delhi. 3. Chief Conservator, Ministry of Environment & Forests, Regional Office (Central Region),

Kendriya Bhawan, 5th Floor, Sector-H, Aliganj, Luclmow. 4. The Member Secretary, U.P. Pollution Control Board, TC-12V, Paryavaran Bhawan, Vibbuti

Khand, Gomti Nagar, Lucknow. 5. District Magistrate, Hapur, U .P. 6. Copy for Web Master/Guard file.

(Shruti Shukla) Nodal Officer, SEIAA, UP,

Directorate of Environment, U .P.

8

HPpc

Typewritten Text

xxvi


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xxvii (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

ToR Letter No. 358/Parya/SEAC/3631/2016 MGL PHARMA & CHEMICALS PVT. LTD.

TERMS OF REFERENCE – STATUS OF COMPLIANCE S.

No TOR Point Compliance Citation

1. Executive Summary Executive summary (maximum

8-10 sheets in A4 size paper) of the project covering project description, description of the environment, anticipated environmental impacts & its mitigation measures, environmental management plan, environmental monitoring programme, public consultation, project benefits, Social impacts including R&R.

Executive Summary is attached as Annexure I. Annexure I

2. Introduction i Details of the EIA Consultant

including NABET accreditation Vardan EnviroNet, is an accredited organization by Quality Council of India/NABET certificate no. NABET/EIA/1316/IA001 and NABET accreditation certificate is incorporated in EIA Report.

Page No. vi

ii Information about the project proponent

M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. was formed on 19.12.2014 and it registered address is House No. 283, Dhhannpur, Kuttupur, Post Sadar, District Jaunpur (U.P.). At present company is proposed for Drug manufacturing of 30 Tons/Month. The Directors of MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. are: a) Mr. Shailendra Sonkar b) Ms. Lata Sonkar c) Mr. Mayank Sonkar

Item 1.3 of Chapter 1 at Page No. 2


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xxviii (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

iii Importance and benefits of the project

The Uttar Pradesh region is expected to continue with increased focus on development and infrastructure activity. The current growth trends are expected to continue. Our proposed products are Import substitute and almost consumed in the Indian market only. We believe that Indian consumption growth will continue to be there, considering demographic ratio in favor of youth. This project will be benefited by direct & indirect employment which would improve the living conditions of the people and also through socioeconomic measures taken up by proponent.

Item 1.4.2 of Chapter 1 at Page No. 3

3. Project Description

I. Cost of project and time of completion.

Cost of the Project = Rs. 294.41 Lakhs Time of Completion = 24 months after getting Clearance from all Concern Authorities.

Item No. 2.7.7 in Chapter 2 at page No. 21

II. Product with capacities for the proposed project.

Product with capacities are as follows: Diclofenace- 5 Tons Aceclofenace- 10 Tons 3- Nitro Acetophenone – 15 Tons

Table 2.1 in Chapter 2 at page No. 15

III. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

Not Applicable, It is a new Project.

IV. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

Details of raw material along with their source and mode of transportation are incorporated in EIA report.

Item No. 2.7.2, 2.7.3 and Table No. 2.4 in Chapter 2 at page No. 19

V. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities.

There are many chemicals used for drug manufacturing and the details of chemical given in EIA.

Item No. 2.7.2, Table No. 2.4 in


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xxix (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

Chapter 2 at page No. 19

VI. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

Emission from point and area sources is given. Effluent will be treated in ETP. There will be no discharge of waste water from the plant as Zero liquid discharge (ZLD) will be adopted for the liquid effluent discharge. Only used oil will be generated as hazardous waste and the same shall be sold to the registered recyclers.

Item No. 2.8 in Chapter 2 at Page No. 22. Item No. 4.2.2,4.2.3 and 4.2.4 and 4.2.10 in Chapter 4 at Page No.89- 100

VII. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, manpower requirement (regular and contract)

Total water requirement for the proposed project is 11 KLD which will sourced from the Borewell/Tube well and application to CGWB has been made on 10.02.2017. Application for approval of source of water from CGWB is attached as Annexure III. Water Balance Diagram is given in EIA. Total 33 manpower required for the proposed project.

Item No. 2.7.4, table 2.5, figure 2.7 of chapter 2 at Page No. 20 and Item 2.7.6, table 2.7 of Chapter 2 at Page no. 21.

VIII. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantitative) from raw material to product to provided.

Process description of Drug manufacturing is given with schematic process flow diagram along with material balance.

Item No. 2.6 at Page No. 15 in Chapter 2.

IX. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems are given in EIA. Table No. 7.6 at Page No. 121 in Chapter 7

4. Site Details


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xxx (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

I. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

Project site is situated at Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh. No alternate site has been considered for this project, because site is already situated in notified industrial area.

Figure 1.1 at Page No. 6 in Chapter 1. Item No. 5.0 in Chapter 5 at page No. 107

II. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10 Km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

Toposheet of the study area is included in EIA report. Figure 1.1 at Page No. 6 in Chapter 1

III. The structure design certificate by qualified structure engineer should be submitted. The structural design certificate should preferably be vetted by IITs/CBRI. Provision of alarm system, to timely notify the employees/residents, in case of occurrence of earthquake/other natural disasters/fire should be provided.

Layout Plan of project Site is given in EIA Report. Figure 2.5 of chapter 2 at page No. 13.

IV. Copy of approved layout plan/building plans/services plans

Layout plan is given in EIA. Figure 2.5 of Chapter 2 at page no. 13

V. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

No alternate site has been considered for this project, because site is already situated in notified industrial area.

Item 5.1, table 5.1 at Page No. 106 in Chapter 5.

VI. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all The Co-ordinates of Project site is: Figure 1.1 of


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xxxi (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

four corners of the site Pillar Latitudes Longitudes A 28°39'2.143"N 77°34'20.98"E B 28°39'2.77"N 77°34'21.651"E C 28°39'1.819"N 7°34'22.541"E D 28°39'1.237"N 7°34'21.97"E

Chapter 1 at page no. 6

VII. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

Google Map of Project Site is given in EIA. Figure 2.3 of Chapter 2 at page no. 11

VIII. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Layout plan is given in EIA. Figure 2.5 of Chapter 2 at page no. 13

IX. Photographs of the proposed site.

Photographs of Proposed Site is given in EIA. Figure 2.6 of Chapter 2 at page no. 14

X. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/ private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included.

This land is barren as it is in notified industrial area and acquired in year 2015. The Land Document is attached with EIA report.

Item No. 2.7.1, table 2.3, of chapter 2 at Page No. 19 Annexure II

XI. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area.

List of Industries within study area is given in the EIA.

Land use Area (in Hectares) % Area Water Body 825.26 3.04

Item No. 3.3.2, table 3.1, figure 3.2 of chapter 3 at Page No. 33-


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xxxii (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

Forest 1198.71 4.42 Settlement 3172.5 11.69 Open Scrub 1704.06 6.28 Agriculture Land 17224.51 63.47 Fallow Land 3011.22 11.1 Total Area 27136.26 100

34.

XII. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area are given in the EIA. The ground water generally occurs under unconfined conditions and depth to water level ranges between 1.70 to 24.60 mbgl during premonsoon period (May 2005) and 3.04 to 16.37 mbgl during post monsoon period (Nov. 2005).

Item No. 3.4, table 3.2, figure 3.4 of chapter 3 at Page No. 36-39.

XIII. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)

Drainage map of study area is given in the EIA. There is no major river in 1 Km radius of Project site and project located in UPSIDC.

Figure 3.6 of Chapter 3 at Page No. 40

XIV. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

The land is acquired by the project proponent in year 2015. The Land Document is attached with EIA report.

Annexure II

XV. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.

R&R is not applicable as project site is located in Hapur Industrial Area Phase 1, UPSIDC. ---


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xxxiii (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

5. Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

NOT Applicable, as project site is located in Hapur Industrial Area Phase 1, UPSIDC.

I. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable).

Not Applicable.

II. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha).

Land use map is given in EIA report and forest land is not involved.

III. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

Not Applicable

IV. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

Not Applicable

V. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State

Not Applicable


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xxxiv (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

VI. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

Not Applicable

6. Environmental Status

I. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Climatological Details (March to May, 2016)

Climatological Details (November to December, 2016)

Months Temp (°C) Relative

Humidity (%) Average wind velocity (m/s)

Total Rainfall (mm)

Average Mixing Height

(m) Max Min Max Min 900

November-2016 32 11 98 19 1.6 0.0 December -2016 27 8 99 27 1.9 0.0

Months Temp (°C) Relative

Humidity (%) Average

wind velocity (m/s)

Total Rainfall (mm)

Average Mixing Height (m)

Max Min Max Min 1700 March-2016 36 15 98 21 2.7 17.8 April -2016 42 20 74 12 2.9 0.6 May -2016 43 22 98 14 3.33 30.8

Table 3.4 and 3.4 (a) at page No. 41 in Chapter 3.

II. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors

The monitoring stations are selected based on CPCB guideline. Nearest populated habitat, water body, protected/reserved forest are also been considered.

Station

Sampling Location

Aerial distance (Km) and direction from Project Site

Coordinates Justification

Latitude Longitude

A1 Project Site 0.0 28°39'2.77"N 77°34'21.65"E Project Site A2 Village-Chauna 2.76 Km in SE 28°38'00.05"N 77°35'35.59"E Downwind, Near

Populated Area A3 Village-Nidhauli 6.41 km in SE 28°37’09.69"N 77°37'40.22"E Downwind, Near

Ganga Canal A4 Village-Bhurgarhi 3.67 Km in NW 28°40’22.44"N 77°32'41.53"E Upwind, , Near

Table 3.6 at page No. 43 in Chapter 3


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xxxv (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

including reserved forests. Populated Area A5 Village-Jadonpur 4.4 Km in NE 28°39’44.49"N 77°36'47.10"E Crosswind, Near

Populated Area A6 Village-Bambawar 4.94 Km in SW 28°36’42.54"N 77°32'51.46"E Crosswind, Near

Populated Area A7 Village-Kalu Garhi 7.1 Km in NW 28°41’55.55"N 77°31'24.48"E Upwind, Near

Railway Line A8 Village-Salarpur

Kalan 8.05 Km in SE 28°34’55.59"N 77°35'56.91"E Crosswind, Near

Populated Area

III. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with – min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

Min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations are incorporated in EIA report.

Ambient Air Quality (March to May, 2016) i. PM10 60.50 µg/m3 and 94.30 µg/m3

ii. PM2.5 30.20 µg/m3 and 54.70 µg/m3 iii. SO2 6.70 µg/m3 and 16.5 µg/m3 iv. NO2 10.80 µg/m3 and 37.60 µg/m3 v. CO 0.45 mg/m3 and 1.20mg/m3

vi. VOC <0.50 µg/m3 Ambient Air Quality (November to December, 2016)

i. PM10 67.60 µg/m3 and 95.20 µg/m3 ii. PM2.5 30.00 µg/m3 and 56.80 µg/m3

iii. SO2 7.00 µg/m3 and 15.00 µg/m3 iv. NO2 10.90 µg/m3 and 37.60 µg/m3 v. CO 0.51 mg/m3 and 1.22 mg/m3

vi. VOC <0.50 µg/m3 The concentrations were found to be within permissible limits.

Lab Report of Air Quality Data is attached with EIA report.

Item 3.6.1, table 3.6 to 3.8, figure 3.8 to 3.18 of Chapter 3 at page No. 43-49 Annexure VI

IV. Surface water quality of nearby River (60m upstream and downstream) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

Summary of Surface water monitoring report for March to May, 2016 and November to December, 2016 is given below: Monitoring Location Map is given in EIA.

1. Surface Water (March to May, 2016) i. pH 7.69 to 8.03

ii. Conductivity 955.00-to 1263.00 µS/cm iii. Total Hardness 92.50 to 210.64 mg/L. iv. Total Dissolved Solids 195.00 to 318.00 mg/L. v. COD 8.80 to 14.5 mg/L

vi. BOD <5.0 to 6.05 mg/L Surface Water (November to December, 2016)

Item 3.7.1, table 3.9 to 3.11, figure 3.19 of Chapter 3 at page No. 50-52 & 56. Annexure VII


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xxxvi (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

i. pH 7.65 to 8.01 ii. Conductivity 315.00-to 483.00 µS/cm

iii. Total Hardness 86.54 to 222.73 mg/L iv. Total Dissolved Solids 188.00 to 289.00 mg/L v. COD 7.80 to 16.8 mg/L

vi. BOD <5.0 to 7.70 mg/L The concentrations were found to be within permissible limits.

Lab Report of Surface water Monitoring is attached with EIA report. V. Whether the site falls near to

polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC.

No

VI. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

About 8 ground water samples were collected from the study area to assess the water quality for March to May, 2016 and November to December, 2016. Lab Report of Ground water Monitoring is attached with EIA report.

Ground Water (March to May, 2016) i. pH 7.69 to 8.01

ii. Conductivity 825 to 1159 µS/cm iii. Total Hardness 347.16 to 503.08 mg/L. iv. Total Dissolved Solids 482.00 to 664.00 mg/L.

Ground Water (November to December, 2016) i. pH 7.67 to 8.04.

ii. Conductivity 803 to 1147 µS/cm iii. Total Hardness 287.66 to 475.80 mg/L iv. Total Dissolved Solids 482.00 to 688.00 mg/L

The concentrations were found to be within permissible limits.

Item 3.7.2, table 3.12 to 3.14, figure 3.19 of Chapter 3 at page No. 53-56 Annexure VII

VII. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

Background noise levels were measured using integrated sound level meter in 8 locations for March to May, 2016 and November to December, 2016. Lab Report of Noise Monitoring is attached with EIA report. Noise Level Monitoring (March to May, 2016) Day Time (6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.)- 50.80 Leq dB and 64.29 Leq dB Night Time (10:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m.) - 41.66 Leq dB and 53.46 Leq dB Noise Level Monitoring (November to December, 2016) Day Time (6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.)- 51.39 Leq dB and 59.05 Leq dB Night Time (10:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m.) - 42.82 Leq dB and 48.00 Leq dB

Item 3.8, table 3.15 to 3.17, figure 3.20 of Chapter 3 at page No. 57-59 Annexure VIII

VIII. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB For studying the soil types and soil characteristics, 8 sampling locations were selected to Item 3.10,


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xxxvii (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

guidelines. assess the existing soil conditions representing various land use conditions and geological features.

table 3.22 to 3.24, figure 3.21 of Chapter 3 at page No. 61-64

IX. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Detailed traffic study of the area along with type & frequency of the heavy vehicles and additional traffic due to proposed project has been carried out and incorporated in EIA report. The LOS value from the proposed project may be same as earlier value “Very Good” for all National and State highway. So the additional load on the carrying capacity of the concern roads is not likely to have any significant adverse affect.

Item No. 3.9 at page No. 60-61 in Chapter 3.

X. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.

An ecological survey was conducted under the guidance of M/s Vardan Environet Functional area expert Dr. Vivek N Singh (Ecology and biology). The study was carried out during December, 2016. The details are incorporated in EIA Report.


XI. Socio-economic status of the study area.

Socio-economic survey was conducted under the guidance of M/s Vardan Environet Functional area expert Mrs. Shilpa Mishra (Socio-economic).The details are incorporated in EIA report.


7. Impact and Environment Management Plan

I. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the

The project is not located on a hilly terrain. Air quality Modelling has been done for determining cumulative impact of all sources of emission. ISCST3 (US-EPA approved) Dispersion Model was used to predict the air quality. The details are incorporated in EIA report.

Item No. 4.2.2 at Page No. 90-97 in Chapter 4


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xxxviii (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be well assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

II. Water Quality Modelling – in case of discharge in water body.

The proposed project has adopted “Zero liquid effluent Discharge (ZLD)”. So there is no effluent will be discharged in to the local drain.

III. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined

The detailed traffic study has been carried out to determine impact due to transportation of raw material. The LOS value from the proposed project may be same as earlier value “Very Good” for all National and State highway. So the additional load on the carrying capacity of the concern roads is not likely to have any significant adverse affect.


IV. A note on treatment of The details of unit wise requirement of water and generation of waste water are included in Item No. 2.8.2


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xxxix (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.

EIA Report. The major waste water generation will be during operation phase and it will be treated in the ETP.

PARAMETERS Feed Water Treated Water PH 2.0 6.5 – 8.0

Temperature Ambient Ambient TSS 250 ppm < 30 ppm

BOD5 350 ppm <100 ppm COD 600 ppm < 250 ppm

Oils & Fat 20 ppm <10 ppm

at Page No. 23 in Chapter 2

V. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

Details of Stack with Air Pollution Control System is given below:

S. No. Stack attached to Height Air Pollution Control System Final Concentration

1. Steam boiler 30 Meter (common) Wet Scrubber

SPM ≤ 150 mg/Nm3 SOx ≤ 100 ppm NOx ≤ 50 ppm

2. D.G. Set (100 KVA – 01 No.)

(Stand By) Diesel (6 Lit/Hr.)

15 Meter Adequate height We will operate D.G. Set in emergency

only.

Item No. 2.8.1 at Page No. 22 in Chapter 2

VI. Measures for fugitive emission control

• Each & Every process emission will be passed through scrubber and finally released in to atmosphere through adequately designed stack height.

• Preventive maintenance will be done so as to prevent any leakage and spillage and thereby reducing the fugitive emission sources.

• Regular Work Place Monitoring, Ambient Air, Stack Air Monitoring to be done.

Item No. 4.4, table 4.11 at Page No. 102 in Chapter 4.

VII. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and disposal. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste shall also be 64 included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/ reuse/ recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural

Only used oil will be generated as hazardous waste and the same shall be sold to the registered recyclers. MOU with authorized recycler will be done after the grant of EC and before the starting of project and undertaking is attached with EIA report.

Item No. 2.8.5, table 2.12 at Page No. 28 in Chapter 2. Annexure VII


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xl (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

resource conservation. VIII. Proper utilization of fly ash

shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

NA

IX. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

As Per CPCB, 1500 trees per hector of land area should be planted. About 68 Nos. of trees will be plated. A budget of Rs. 1.5 Lakhs for plantation and maintenance is allotted For EMP. Green belt development/plantation will be taken around the Manufacturing Unit. The detailed green belt action plan is attached with EIA report.

Item No. 10.3.7, at Page No. 154-157 in Chapter 10.

X. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.

672.79 m3 of runoff-rain water will be harvested every year. The detailed rain water harvesting action plan is attached with EIA report.

Item No. 10.3.3, at Page No. 150-151 in Chapter 10.


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xli (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

XI. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included

Sl. No.

Environmental Protection Measures Capital Cost Rs. In lakhs

Recurring Cost Rs. In lakhs/year

1 Air Pollution Control Measures 9.00 3.00 2 Water Pollution Control Measures 6.00 2.00 3 Noise Pollution Control Measures 0.50 Included in point 1 above

TOTAL 15.50 5.00

---

XII. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

A detailed monitoring of emissions and effluent sources for different environmental parameters will be carried out as per the present norms and any further notification / direction from Uttar Pradesh Pollution Control Board (UPPCB), Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and MoEF. Monitoring methodologies will follow standard methods prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) etc.

Table 6.2 at Page No. 108 to 109 in Chapter 6.

XIII. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

Disaster management plan are prepared with an aim of taking precautionary step to control the hazard propagation, avert disaster, take action after the disaster which limits the damage to the minimum and follow the on-site & off-site emergency planning.

Item No. 7.2.7 & 7.2.8 at Page No. 131 to 138 in Chapter 7

8. Occupational health I. Plan and fund allocation to

ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers

A budget of Rs.2.00 Lakhs is incurred for Occupational health & Safety of all contract and casual workers.

--

II. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers’ health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre

We will comply after starting of Project and details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker also provided.

Table 7.8, Page No. 130 of Chapter 7.


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xlii (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of abovementioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

III. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved.

Not Applicable, It is a new Project.

IV. Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

We will comply after starting of Project. ---

9. Corporate Environment Policy i. Does the company have a well

laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

Environment Policy is attached with EIA report. Item No. 10.2 at Page No. 142-143 in Chapter 10 Annexure X

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation /

Yes, The details are given in Environmental Policy. Environment Policy is attached with EIA report.

Item No. 10.2 at Page No. 142-143 in Chapter 10 Annexure X


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xliii (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given

Hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions is given in the EIA.

Item No. 10.2 at Page No. 142-143 in Chapter 10

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

The details are given in Environmental Policy of company. Annexure IX

10. Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

Details are given in the EIA Item 2.8.7 & 2.8.8 at Page 28 to 29 in Chapter 2.

11. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) plan along with budgetary provision amounting to 2.5% of project cost shall be prepared and approved by

A budget of Rs. 8.00 Lakhs is proposed for CSR and detail is given in the EIA. Item 10.4, table 10.7 at page no. 158 of Chapter 10


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xliv (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

Board of Directors of the company. A copy of resolution as above shall be submitted to the authority alongwith list of beneficiaries with their mobile nos./address.

12. Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case

No litigation pending against the project and no direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project.

13. ‘A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TORs.

Complied

14. Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent recovery and for emissions control

Not Applicable

15. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control.

S. No. Parameters Unit Limit Results 1. Temperature of Flue Gas 0 C -- 114 2. Average Flue Gas Velocity m/sec -- 6.5 3. Suspended Particular Matter mg/Nm3 150 81.2 4. NOX ppm 50 1.80 5. SO2 ppm 100 BDL


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xlv (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

16. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process-specific pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-as applicable)

Ambient Air Quality Data are incorporated in EIA report. Annexure VI

17. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals

It will be complied.

18 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of effluent streams for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge.

Details are incorporated in EIA report.

19 Action plan for odour control to be submitted

To mitigate odour, the latest technique will be used the remaining odour will be mitigated by Planting long tress around the project boundary. The long trees are able to reduce odour.

20 A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

MOU with authorized recycler will be done after the grant of EC and before the starting of project and undertaking is given for the same.

Annexure XII

21 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.

MOU with authorized recycler will be done after the grant of EC and before the starting of project and undertaking is given for the same.

Annexure XII

22 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts

Not Applicable

23 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.

All MSDS for all Chemical is attached with EIA report. Annexure XI

24 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous

MOU with authorized recycler will be done after the grant of EC and before the starting of project and undertaking is attached with EIA report.

Annexure XII


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xlvi (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

waste in TSDF. 25 Details of incinerator if to be

installed. Not Applicable

26 Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated.

A risk assessment was conducted under the guidance of M/s Vardan Environet Functional area expert Mrs. Anuradha Sharma (Risk Assessment & Hazard Management). The details are incorporated in EIA Report.

Item No. 7.2.3 at page no. 111 in Chapter 7

27 Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

The details are incorporated in EIA Report. Table 7.6 page No. 121 in chapter 7

The project proponent also informed that they have conducted baseline monitoring regarding the project and requested that they should be permitted to use monitoring data for the purpose of preparation of EIA. The committee discussed and directed that additional monitoring for month of November and December, 2016 should additionally be undertaken for preparation of EIA. The matter shall be discussed after submission of EIA with incorporation of public hearing recommendations

The Public Hearing is exempted because the Project Falls in Industrial Estate as EIA Notification, 2006 and further amendment. A certificate from Regional Manager, UPSIDC regarding the project site is part of Industrial Area is issued on dated 23.02.2017.

Annexure XIII

GENERAL GUIDELINES: a. A legal affidavit by the Project proponent on Rs. 100/- non-judicial Stamp Paper, duly attested by Public Notary, stating

that: I."There is no litigation pending against the project and/or land in which the project is proposed to be set up

Complied


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | xlvii (ToR Compliance) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

ToR COMPLIANCE

(please give name & ownership etc. of the project) and that for any such litigation what so ever, the sole responsibility will be borne by the Project proponent."

II."No activity relating to this project (i.e. name of the project) including civil construction has been undertaken at site except fencing of the site to protect it from getting encroached and construction of temporary shed(s) for the guard(s). (if fencing has not been done, then the same may be deleted).

III."I/We hereby give undertaking that the data and information given in the application, enclosures and other documents are true to the best of my knowledge and belief and I/We am/are aware that if any pmi of the data m1d infom1ation submitted is found to be false or misleading at any stage, the project will be rejected and clearance given, if any to the Project will be revoked at our risk and cost."

Iv. Project does not fall under any buffer zone of no-development as declared /identified under any law. b. Another legal affidavit by the consultant stating "(a) that the prescribed TORs have been complied with (to be

deleted if not applicable) & (b) that details and the data presented are factually correct", as per MoEF circular dated 04.08.2009 is also to be submitted along with EIA.

Complied

c. Current, site photographs viewing towards the project area from four directions indicating date of photograph taken, direction from which taken, name of the project, and signature of Project proponent along with consultant with seal should be submitted, so as to ensure that no construction has been started before the grant of EC.

Complied

d. EIA should strictly follow the guidelines prescribed in annexure-III to the EIA notification of 2006 and the Methods of Monitoring m1d analysis (Annexure-IV): Guidance for assessment of representativeness and reliability of baseline environmental attributes detailed under EIA manual January, 2001 and other guidelines in the matter.

Complied

e. The status of accreditation of the EIA consultant with NABET/QCI shall be specifically mentioned. The consultant shall certify that his accreditation is for the sector for which this EIA is prepared.

Complied

f. On the front page of EIA/EMP reports, the name of the consultant/consultancy firm along with their complete details including their accreditation, if any shall be indicated.

Complied

g. While submitting the EIA/EMP re[orts, the name of the experts associated with/involved in the preparation of these re[ports and the Name of laboratory through which the samples have been got analyzed should be stated in the report. It shall clearly be indicated whether said laboratory is accredited by NABL or approved under the Environment (Protection) Act 1986 (Please refer MoEF office memorandum dated 4th August, 2009). The name project leader of the EIA study shall also be mentioned.

Complied

h. The ElA document shall be printed on both sides, as for as possible. Complied

Final EIA/EMP Report Bulk Manufacturing Unit at Plot no. F-665 & 666, Upsidc Industrial Area, Phase-1, Tehsil & District- Hapur, Uttar Pradesh by M/s MGL Pharma &Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. with Production Capacity 30 Tons/Month (Category B). Regd. Address: House No. 283, Dhhannpur, Kuttupur, Post Sadar, District Jaunpur (U.P.) (Mob. 8447319986)

Document No. 2016_VI_00002_Final EIA Page | 1 (Chapter-1) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

CHAPTER-1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 INTRODUCTION M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. will be setup as a Private limited company. The industry will install for manufacturing of Bulk Drugs & intermediates at Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh. Directors have vast experiences in this field. The location of proposed unit is ideal for the point of view of market of the Finished Goods & raw materials for manufacturing of such types of Bulk Drugs & intermediates. Location wise, the site is well connected with Delhi and NCR through NH-24. The present proposal is to obtain Environmental clearance for the proposed units. 1.2 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT The purpose of Environmental Impact Assessment is to protect the environment by ensuring that a local planning authority to grant planning permission for this project, which is likely to have significant effects on the environment, does so in the full knowledge of the likely significant effects, and takes this into account in the decision making process. The regulations set out a procedure for identifying those projects which should be subject to an Environmental Impact Assessment, and for assessing, consulting and coming to a decision on this projects which may likely to have significant environmental effects.

The purpose of Environmental Impact Assessment is also to ensure that the public are given early and effective opportunities to participate in the decision making procedures.

Environmental Impact Assessment should not be a barrier to growth and will only apply to a small proportion of projects considered within the town and country planning regime. Local planning authorities have a well established general responsibility to consider the environmental implications of developments which are subject to planning control. The 2011 Regulations integrate Environmental Impact Assessment procedures into this framework and should only apply to those projects which are likely to have significant effects on the environment. Local planning authorities and developers should carefully consider if a project should be subject to an Environmental Impact Assessment. If required, they should limit the scope of assessment to those aspects of the environment that is likely to be significantly affected.

Pre-application engagement shows in identifying that this project proposal is required to conduct environmental impact assessment.

Therefore the purpose of this report is to conduct and make Environment Impact Assessment for proposed manufacturing activity at Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh, using the state of art technology, adopting modernized machineries and equipment and novel process technologies, with waste minimization techniques. The total capacity of the proposed project to manufacture of Drugs will be 30 Tons/Month.

1.3 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT The proposed project site is Drug Manufacturing Unit located in the notified industrial estate and falls in Category 5 (f)-B (Project is in Notified Industrial Area (UPSIDC Industrial Area Phase-1) of Environment Impact Assessment Notification 14th September 2006. The proposed plant will be a well-designed and modern drugs manufacturing plant. Location of M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh.



Registered Address House No. 283, Dhhannpur, Kuttupur, Post Sadar, District Jaunpur (U.P.) Email: [email protected] Mob- 8447319986 M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. has 3 partners. Mr. Shailendra Sonkar is the authorized signatory having total experience of manufacturing and running small scale business.

Table 1.1: Partner's Background # Name Age Designation 1. Mr. Shailendra Sonkar 42 Director

2. Ms. Lata Sonkar 37 Director

3. Mr. Mayank Sonkar 29 Director

1.3.1 Company’s Past Performance Now, leveraging on product development capabilities and looking at demand of the product, the company will install a new unit in the name of M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. at Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh. Manufacturing of Bulk Drugs and Intermediate that will be equipped with latest plant and machinery which will be enable them to develop products at par with international quality standards.

1.3.2 Present Status and Implementation Schedule of Company No construction activity is carried out for manufacturing unit. This is new project and we have applied for environmental clearance. After getting environmental clearance, project proponent will apply for CTE/CTO. 1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY AND REGION 1.4.1 Brief Description of the Project The proposed project site is Drug Manufacturing Unit located at Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh. (Land Documents is attached as Annexure-II). The Drug Manufacturing project will be developed in an area 1370 m2 and the project capacity will be 30 tons per month bulk drugs. Capital cost of Project is Rs. 294.41 Lakhs.

Table 1.1: Salient Features of the Project

S. No. Particulars Details 1. Latitude 28°39'2.77"N 2. Longitude 77°34'21.65"E 3. Altitude 212 m above MSL 4. Toposheet H43X10 , H43X6 5. Seismicity Area falls under least affected earthquakes zone IV

Source-as per IS 1893 – 2002 6. Present land use Industrial 7. Climatic condition

(Annual Average) Ambient Air temp 1.8o C to 47o C Avg. annual rainfall 795 mm Source-http://ncrpb.nic.in/Technical_assistance_report_comp_B/Hapur%20SWM%20Master%20Plan.pdf

8. Nearest village/Habitation

Hasanpura Lodha Villege 1.5 Km in SW



1.4.2 Importance to the Country and Region The Uttar Pradesh region is expected to continue with increased focus on development and infrastructure activity. The current growth trends are expected to continue. Our proposed products are Import substitute and almost consumed in the Indian market only. We believe that Indian consumption growth will continue to be there, considering demographic ratio in favor of youth. The Industry holds significance for an emergency in country where health care costs are increasing by the day due to demand supply gap in affordable medicines. Existing Indian production, are not enough to cater the needs of Indian Consumer, hence Chinese products are also making dent in the Indian markets, though they are costly due to logistic cost and are not able to provide wide range of choices to the Indian Customers. Moreover, due to low cost and hi technology the APIs manufactured in India has immense export potential with consequent possibility of foreign exchange earnings. The demand for products manufactured by company is increasing in the country. M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. manufacturing products like non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) and Antihistamine. This is also generating direct and indirect employment opportunity for various levels of people. The project is envisaged to meet the demand supply gap in both domestic market and international market, as API demand is increasing day by day.

9. Nearest Major City Ghaziabad 12.00 Km towards North West (Population – 46.61 Lakhs) Source: Census, 2011

10 Nearest Police Station Masuri Police Station, 4.6 Km in NW 11. Nearest Post office Shakti Nagar Post office – 6.150 KM in NW 12. Nearest Water Bodies Hasanpura Lake 1.15 Km SW from the project site 13. Nearest Railway station Dasna Railway Station, 5.6 Km NW 14. Nearest Temple Dadi Satti Mandir, 7 Km in SW

ISKCON Temple, Ghaziabad 12.46 Km, NW 15. Nearest Mosque Badi Masjid, Shekhpur Khichara 2.21 km in NW 16. Nearest School/Institute Vivekanand Institute of Science & Technology 4.5 km in N 17. Nearest Medical Government Ayurvedic Hospital 6.6 Km in SW 18. Nearest airport Indira Gandhi International Airport, 36.6 Km in West

19. Sanctuaries /National Parks/ Biospheres, etc.

Nil

20. Topography Flat Terrain 21. Defense Installations Nil 22. Historical Places Humayun Tomb which is located 32.00 Km in West 23. Reserve Forest/

Protected Forest Nil

24 Total Land Area Land Area – 1370 m2 Plot No. F-665 & 666

25. Total Water Requirement 11 KLD Source - Borewell 26. Total Power Requirement 60 KW Source — UPPCL. 27. Cost Details Total capital cost Rs. 294.41 Lakhs Cost for EMP Rs. 20.00 Lakhs as capital and Rs. 10.00 Lakhs/Annum as

recurring cost Cost for OH&S Rs. 2.00 Lakhs/annum Cost for Green Belt

Development Rs. 2.00 Lakhs for five years



We have a very strong and experienced after sales service which are also known as Technical Service Department (TSD) which guides customer to obtain better results from our products. Our continuous technological research and product development and superior after sales services will ensure increase in market share and eventually better net sales realization. Strong presence in the value added product. Wide range of product to meet customized need. Long standing relationships with leading consumer Industries. 1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY As per EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006 this project falls under Category “B”, Project or Activity- 5 (f), Project is in notified industrial area and this project require Environment clearance from SEAC/SEIAA, Uttar Pradesh. It is in this context, Form-I and Pre-Feasibility Report has been submitted online to SEIAA, Uttar Pradesh on dated 01.03.2016 and hard copy on dated 02.03.2016 for issue of “Terms of Reference”. The First ToR presentation was held on 21.03.2016 before the State Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC), Uttar Pradesh. The committee observed that land documents regarding the projects have not been submitted and so decided to defer the matter. The matter shall be taken up after submission of land documents in name of project proponent along with a request from project proponent to consider the matter. In the view of above fact, The Project Proponent was submitted the land documents for Plot No. F-665 in the name of MGL Pharma and Chemicals Ltd. on dated 12.09.2016. The second ToR presentation was held on 28.10.2016 before the State Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC), Uttar Pradesh. Subsequently, ToR (Term of Reference) was issued by State Level Expert Appraisal Committee vide letter no. 358/Parya/SEAC/2016 on dated 16th January, 2017. As per the ToR letter, scope of work for this EIA studies and preparation of detailed EIA/EMP report includes collection of baseline data with respect to major environmental components, viz. Air, Noise, Water, Land, Biological and Socio-economic components for one season. The Study area map is given in figure 1.1. The public hearing is not applicable due to unit is located in Industrial Estate, UPSIDC, Hapur Industrial Area Phase 1. 1.5.1 Structure of the Report The entire EIA report is prepared based on the generic structure of EIA document given at APPENDIX III of the Notification No. S.O. 1533 dated 14th September, 2006 at MoEF, New Delhi. The report has been divided into twelve chapters as described below: Chapter-1 gives information about the proposed project including its location and justification/importance, brief details around the surrounding area and details about site selection criteria considered. It also outlines the statutory requirement of obtaining prior Environment Clearance, steps to be followed for the same and basic purpose, scope and methodology of EIA study. Chapter-2 is Project Description and Infrastructure facilities incorporating all industrial and environmental activities of the project proponent for setting up of the proposed project for the manufacturing of various types of API Drugs. It also gives information about manufacturing process and raw materials, sources of pollution and details of pollution control facilities to be provided i.e. water and waste water details, air pollution and control system, sludge storage facility, noise control measures etc. Chapter-3 is Description of the Environment which includes Base Line Environment Study giving details about status of air quality, meteorology, water, noise, land, ecology and socio economic environment of the study area based on information collected through actual field study or from secondary sources. Chapter-4 is Identification of Impacts and its Mitigation Measures, which identifies the impacts of various environmental parameters whether beneficial or deleterious for the construction and operation phase of the project. It also quantifies significant impacts of the proposed project on various environmental components for the construction and operation phase of the project.



Chapter-5 Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Site) identifies the description of each alternative, Summary of adverse impacts of each alternative, Mitigation measures proposed for each alternative. Chapter-6 is Environmental Monitoring Plan which provides details of monitoring plan of various environmental parameters as well as its frequency of monitoring. Chapter-7 is Additional Studies which includes Public Consultation, Risk Assessment, Social Impact Assessment, and R and R Action Plans Chapter-8 is Benefits due to the Proposed Project including improvement in Physical infrastructure, improvement in the social infrastructure, Employment potential–skilled, semi-skilled and others. Chapter -9 is Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis. Chapter-10 is Environmental Management Plan (EMP) incorporating measures to be adopted for mitigation of anticipated adverse impacts, if any safety measures, post-project monitoring program for environmental parameters, green belt development, budget, etc. Chapter-11 is the Summary and Conclusion of the proposed Project, includes overall justification of the project. Chapter-12 is Profile of consultant engaged for the monitoring and preparation of EIA report.



Figure 1.1: Key Plan of Study Area



1.5.2 ASPECT IMPACT ANALYSIS WITH REGULATORY FRAMEWORK S. No. Activity Legal Regulation

1. Manufacturing • Boiler • Heavy machinery • Cooling tower

o Factory License o The Factories Act, 1948 o Factory rule Uttar Pradesh o The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and Rules, 1975, as amended to date. o The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977 and Rules, 1978, as amended to date. o The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982, as amended to date. o The Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical rules, 1989, as amended to date. o The Bureau of Indian Standards Act 1986 o The Custom Act, 1962 o E-waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2011 as amended to date. o Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 as amended to date

2. Storage of product and raw material

o The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and Rules, 1975, as amended to date. o The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977 and Rules, 1978, as amended to date. o The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982, as amended to date. o The Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical rules, 1989, as amended to date. o The Explosive Act, 1884 and rules, 1983 as amended to date o The Petroleum Act, 1934 & Rules, 2002. o Chemical accidents (Emergency Planning, preparedness and response) Rules, 1996 o The Biomedical waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998 as amended to date o Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 as amended to date

3. Transportation of raw material and products

o Chemical accidents (Emergency Planning, preparedness and response) Rules, 1996 o The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 & The Central Motor Vehicle rules, 1989 o The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982, as amended to date. o The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and Rules, 1986, as amended to date o The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 as amended to date.

4. Recruitment o Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 and Rules, 1991 as amended to date

--------------------------OO--------------------------


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | 8 (Chapter-2) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana


CHAPTER - 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.0 GENERAL This chapter deals with the technical details of the proposed project, details of infrastructure, various sources of pollution and mitigation measures proposed to control pollution. 2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. has proposed to produce drugs (30 TPM) at Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh. The proposed project site is Drug Manufacturing Unit located in the notified industrial estate and falls in Category 5(f)-B (Project is in Notified Industrial Area (Hapur Industrial Area Phase I) of Environment Impact Assessment Notification 14th September 2006 and its subsequent amendments.

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT Need for the proposed products are based on the demand and supply gap in the current market. With increasing utilization of the current products, in future, to cater the requirement of all the products, it is essential to have the proposed manufacturing unit. The Indian chemical industry is widely fragmented between the organized and unorganized sector. There are approximately 950 pharmaceutical chemical manufacturing units in India, of which 50 units are in the organized sector and 900 are in the un-organized sector. We are expected to be the major recipient of benefits arising out due to expected growth, and consolidation in the Industry. Product Profile

i. The products are backed by unique technology and or process, and are not readily available with the competitor. ii. These products play an important role in the production process of the user and hence user do not compromise or shift from tested products and user industry Technology iii. Technology is typically developed in-house with the critical equipment being out-sourced. iv. Project proponents have in-house independent R&D, equipped with latest state of art technologies and facilities.

2.3 LOCATION OF PROJECT (MAPS SHOWING GENERAL LOCATION, SPECIFIC LOCATIONS, PROJECT BOUNDARY AND PROJECT SITE LAYOUT)

Project site of the proposed Drug Manufacturing Unit (28°39'2.77"N, 77°34'21.65"E) is located within the project premises M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. at Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh. The total area of the plant is 1370 m2 approximately. Location map and study area map of the proposed plant is shown in Figure 2.1 and Figure 1.1 (shown in Chapter 1) respectively. The distance from critically polluted area Ghaziabad and Delhi to the UPSIDC the project location is around 12 Km and 34 Km (aerial distance) respectively away and is shown in Figure 2.2 (A & B). Short view and long view of the Google image showing Project Site is in Figure 2.3 (A) and 2.3 (B) respectively. Route Map is given in Figure 2.4. Detail Layout Plan of the proposed plant is shown in Figure 2.5.




Figure 2.1: Location Map of Project Site




A. Showing distance from Project Site to Ghaziabad

B. Showing distance from Project Site to Delhi

Figure 2.2 (A and B) Map Showing Severly Polluted Area




A. Google image (Short view) of Project Site

B. Google (Long view) image of Project Site

Figure 2.3: (A and B) Google (Short view and Long view) image of Project Site




Figure 2.4: Route Map




Figure 2.5: Layout PLan




Fig: 2.6: Project Site Photographs




2.4 SIZE AND MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION The production capacity for proposed project is given in Table-2.1

Table 2.1: Summary of the Project S. No. Product Capacity (Metric Ton/Month)

1. Diclofenace 5 2. Aceclofenace 10 3. 3- Nitro Acetophenone 15 4. Mono Methyl Chloro Acetate - Total 30

2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

01.03.2016 Submission of Form-1/PFR 16.01.2017 TOR issued from SEAC, U.P. The tentative project schedule is given below: March 2017 Submission of Final EIA to SEIAA, U.P. April 2017 Consideration of Project by SEAC, U.P.

Note: Public Hearing exempted due to project falls in Hapur Industrial Area Phase I. The implementation of the project will be taken up after receipt of Consent to establish from Uttar Pradesh State Pollution Control Board and Environmental clearance from the SEAC, U.P. 2.5.1 Phase Wise Project Implementation Schedule The proposed will be completed in 8 months as given in table 2.2

Table 2.2: Phase Wise Project Implementation Schedule Activities Time in Month

Material Supply (Transportation) 1 Leveling 1

Land Development 0.5 Road Development 0.5

Construction of Building 3 Painting and Finishing 0.5

Green belt Development 0.5 Installation of machinery 0.5

Recruitment 0.5 Total 8

2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION 2.6.1 PROCESS FOR DICLOFENAC SODIUM Process Description 1. Charge 2,6 DCP, Toluene and Potassium carbonate, heat to 110-115OC for 2 hrs and remove

Toluene. Charge MCA and reflux 4 Hr at temperature 115OC .Charge Aniline and sodium Methoxide solution. Chill to 4-7OC and centrifuge wash with water and spin dry and unload

2. Charge Reaction mass from Step 1 with Toluene, Sulphuric acid and heat to 75OC, distill out toluene, charge CAC, heat and reflux for 20 HRS. Chill to 15OC and centrifuge mass.

3. Charge, stage 2 mass and aluminium chloride and raise temperature to 140OC, stop heating temperature will reach up to 190OC , then quinch in water .Then centrifuge the wet cake in another reactor, charge water and HCL and charge wet cake ,centrifuge the mass and wash with water.




4. Charge stage 3 mass with caustic potash, water, sodium Hydrosulphite and reflux for 8 hrs. Check TLC and then charge another 10 kg extra caustic flake. Cool to 25-30OC

5. Charge Stage 4 mass, DM water, EDTA, Activated Carbon and IPA, heat to 80OC till dissolution, Check pH 10-13.Charge IPA, Carbon and stir for 30 mins and then filter and centrifuge the mass with chilled wash of IPA.

Chemical Reaction:

Material Balance S. No. Particulars

Stage 1 Material Input(in

kgs)

S. No. Material Output

1 2,6 Dichloro phenol 750 1 ML TO ETP 1200 2 Toluene 1050 2 METHANOL 605 3 Potassium carbonate 405 3 STAGE I (DIAMINE IN

ORGANIC 2614 LAYER)

4 Mono Methyl chloro Acetic Acid

555




5 Aniline 420 Sodium Methoxide

Solution

6 864 WATER 375 TOTAL 4419 4419 Stage II 1 STAGE I (DIAMINE) 2614 1 ML TO ETP 973 2 Chloro Acetyl Chloride 564 2 TOLUENE 998 3 STAGE II (ACETYL) 1155 4 TOLUENE LOSS 52 TOTAL 3178 TOTAL 3178

2.6.2 ACECLOFENAC Process

1. Charge N Dimethyl Amine , Tertiary Butyl Alcohol stirr 1/2 Hrs & unload in clean drum, again charge Chloro Acetyl Chloride in same reactor chill to 8-10OC.Add mix solution of

NNDMA + T Butanol at 8-10 OC addition time 8-10hrs. Maintain 5 hrs at 8-10OC, slowly

raise Temp up to 35OC. 2. Charge water , stirr 1.0 Hr & settle , seperate organic layer from bottom aqueous layer

for NN DMA recovery , organic Layer charge in GLR add water , stirring & separate bottom organic to give soda ash solution wash to make ph 8.5 to 9.5.

3. Stirr & separate in organic layer, charge sodium sulphate & filter through 5 Micron cloth. Collect all organic in GLR and Distilled out product at 85 to 105 OC under vacuum.

4. Charge Reaction mass from Step 2 with crude Diclofenac Sodium ,heat the reaction mass to 80-85OC ,maintain 5 Hrs and cool to 55 to 60 OC ,charge formic acid heat to 48 to 55OC maintain 8 hrs check TLC , cool to 40OC ,charge water and Toluene stirring 2 Hrs Centrifuge wash with water. Centrifuge and Unload cake & Dry.

Chemical Reaction:




Material Balance:

Sr No. Material Input Input Material Output Out put

(in Kgs) (in Kgs) STEP 1

1 Chloro Acetyl Chloride 427 ML TO ETP 603 2 Tertiary Butyl Alcohol 280 OUTPUT OF STEP I 475 3 Di Methyl Aniline 504 REC NN DMA 488 4 SODA ASH 5 5 CAYSTIC LYE 48% 350

TOTAL 1566 TOTAL 1566 Step 2

1 Diclofenac Sodium 800.000 ML TO ETP 1450 .000 RECOVERED

2 STEP 1 475.000 TOLUENE 760.000 3 Toluene 800.000 TOLUENE LOSS 40.000 4 Water 400.000 OUTPUT 775 5 FORMIC ACID 550.000

TOTAL 3025.000 TOTAL 3025 .000

2.6.3 3-Nitroacetophenone Brief Process

1. Charge sulphuric acid in GLR and chill 15-20 degree Celsius. 2. Slowly add Nitric acid under control temperature 15-20 degree Celsius. 3. Above mixture chill -5 to -7 and slowly add aceto0070henone. 4. Maintain temperature -5 degree for 4 hours and add water up to 30 degree. 5. After water addition stirring 30 min. on room temperature. 6. Filter and cake wash with methanol. 7. Cake unload and dry on 50 degree

Chemical Reaction:-

Material Balance S. No. Material Input Input (Kg) Material Output Output (Kg) 1. Acetophenone 500 Sulphuric Acid 2,500 2. Sulphuric Acid 2,000 3. Nitric Acid 300 3Nitroacetophenone 500




4. Water 200 Total 3,000 Total 3,000

(Source: DPR Report)

2.7 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.7.1 Land Use Plot area of the project consists of 1370 m2 area. Total land requirement for the proposed project is 1370 m2, out of which 33% will be used for greenbelt development. Land distribution for the proposed project is given in Table 2.3 and Site layout map of the project is shown in Figure 2.5.

Table 2.3: Area Breakup of the Site

S. No. Land Use Area (M2) Percentage 1. Roof Top Area 768.00 56 2. Green Belt 452.00 33 3. Road Paved Area 150.00 11

Total 1370.00 100.00 2.7.2 Raw Materials and Source Raw Materials: Raw Materials required for Manufacturing of various proposed Products will be taken from the local market and the list is given below Table 2.4.

Table 2.4: List of Raw Material Name of Raw Materials Source

Dichlofenace 2-6 Dichlorophenol Near by Market

Sodium methoxide (30%) Near by Market Mono Methyle Chloro Acetate Near by Market

ChloroAcetyl Chloride Near by Market Methanol Near by Market

Sodium Hydroxide Near by Market Acetofenace

Dichlofenac Near by Market Tertiary Butyl Chloro Acetate Near by Market

Tetra Butyle Ammonium Bromide Near by Market Formic Acid Near by Market

3- Nitroacetophenone Acetofenance Near by Market

Nitric Acid Near by Market Sulphuric acid Near by Market

Methanol Near by Market Note: The raw materials are stored separately in non reactive containers tanks/containers as per required MOC for the solvent. 2.7.3 Transportation of Raw Material The main mode of transportation of raw material is by road. For transportation purpose the company shall arrange a few vehicles of their own. The site is well connected with Delhi-Ghaziabad road, Dasna railway station which is 5.6 Km away from the factory. Also private carriers are available to take care of the transportation of raw materials. In fact a good number of other industrial units are already operating in the areas surrounding the proposed site and are operating successfully with the transportation facilities available in the market.




2.7.4 Water Requirement The water requirement of the unit will be met from Borewell and application is also applied to CGWA for withdrawl of water. The daily requirement of water for unit is 11.00 KLD. Detailed water balance is given in table 2.5. Water Permission application is attached as Annexure III.

Table 2.5 Water Balance S. No Category Water

Consumption (L/Day)

Wastewater Generation L/Day

Remark

1. Domestic 2000 1500 To soak pit through septic tank

2. Industrial Process 6000 4000 To treatment plant for

reuse. Laboratory 500 500

Cooling Tower 500 Boiler 2000 Nil Total Industrial 9000 4500

Total 11000 6000

Fig. 2.7: Water Balance Diagram




2.7.5 Power Requirement The estimated power requirement for the proposed Pharma project is 60 KW which will be sourced from UPPL for Pharma Manufacturing unit. One DG Sets of 100 KVA capacity shall be used in emergency only. Energy/ Power consumption is given in following table 2.6.

Table 2.6: Power Requirement S.

No. Energy requirement Source of energy Fuel used Quantity

1. 60 KW UPPL - - 2. DG Set (100 KVA) Standby DG Set HSD 6 Ltr/Hr.

3. Steam Boiler (1Tonnes) New Biomass 100Kg/Hr

2.7.6 Manpower Total manpower required for the proposed project is 33 and detail of employment is given in table 2.7.

Table 2.7: Details of Employment Requirement S. No. Categories No’s of Employ

1 Chemist 2 2 Manager/Accountant 2 3 Supervisor 2 4 Skilled labour 6 5 Semi Skilled Labour 6 6 Unskilled Helper 15

Total 33 The requirement of personnel for the proposed plant has been made keeping in view of the following:

• Technical concept of plant, including process control and instrumentation; • Smooth and efficient operation of the plant; • Effective co-ordination between the various departments within the plant; • Optimum utilization will be well defined and judicious job distribution; • Optimum utilization of different grades of workmen and supervisory staff; and Maximum

capacity of the facilities 2.7.7 Project Cost The project cost for proposed Pharma Manufacturing Project for civil, machineries, storage is Rs. 294.41 Lakhs. Capital cost of EMP is Rs. 20.00 Lakhs and Recurring cost is Rs. 10.00 Lakhs per annum. Break up of proposed project cost is given in following Table 2.8.

Table 2.8: Break up for the Proposed Investment S. No. Particulars Amt. (Rs. in Lakhs)

1. Land 37.00 2. Site Development/ Building 26.00 3. Environment Protection Measure 25.00 4. Plant and Machineries 201.31 5. Contingencies 5.1

Total cost of project 294.41




2.7.8 Rain Water Harvesting Rainwater harvesting is normally practiced for recharging ground water levels and provide water for human consumption, by collecting the rainwater from the roofs of the buildings and storm water drains into artificially constructed rainwater tanks. Rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be subjected to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to minimize fresh water consumption and reduce the water requirement from other sources. A suitable rainwater harvesting schemes will be worked out during the execution of the project. A budget of Rs. 1.50 Lakhs is allotted for Rain Water Harvesting/Recharge. 2.7.9 Fuel Requirements Fuel requirement, their source and distance and mode of transportation are given following Table 2.9. We will use wood waste and baggase dust as an alternative of wood.

Table 2.9 Fuel requirement S. No. Name of Fuel Consumption Source and Their

Distance (Km) Mode of

Transportation

1. Biomass 100Kg/Hr Nearby units By Road

2. Diesel (For D.G. Set only)

6Lt/Hr. Local Diesel suppliers By Road

2.7.10 Boiler Details The Steam Boiler of 1Ton Capacity (1 No.) use for proposed Pharma unit.

Boiler : Steam Type of Fuel used : Wood waste/ Bagase dust Capacity of Boiler : 1 TPH Stack Height and Diameter : Ht. 30 m and Dia. 1 m Pollution Control Equipment Measures : Air Pre Heater, Multi Cyclone Separator and Wet Scrubber

2.8 DISCRIPTION OF MITIGATION MEASURE INCORPORATED IN TO THE PROJECT TO MEET ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARD, ENVIRONMENTAL OPERATING CONDITIONS OR OTHER EIA REQUIREMENTS 2.8.1 Air Pollution Air pollution is classified into point source emission and fugitive emissions. Only source of point source pollution is the flue gas through utility boiler stack. Emissions from point sources may include Gases (SOx and NOx etc.) form utilities and dust emissions etc. Air Pollution Control Measures: The unit will install wet scrubber with boiler. Adequate Stack height shall be provided to control and disperse the air pollutants within the satisfactory levels. Proposed stacks and Pollution control equipments are presented in the following table-2.10.

Table 2.10: Details of Stack with Air Pollution Control System S. No. Stack attached to Height Air Pollution Control System Final Concentration

1. Steam boiler 30 Meter (common) Wet Scrubber


2. D.G. Set (100 KVA – 01 No.)


15 Meter Adequate height We will operate D.G. Set in emergency only.




/

Wet scrubber: M/s. MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. is using wet scrubber as an Air Pollution Control Measure. Waste water from Wet Scrubber system will be re-used again for scrubbing purpose. If in case, change of water, then we will utilize it on land for irrigation purpose within the premises only. We have sufficient open area for plantation purpose. So, there is no question to arise any pollution due to wet scrubber system as we will provide settling facility for SS particles which will be dried in drying beds. Then after, it will be utilized for land filling purpose within the premises only. Fugitive Emission and Control Measure Fugitive emissions from material handling like raw material. Raw materials will be stored in the covered structure. All the workers and officers working inside the plant will be provided with disposable dust masks. Green belt will be developed around the plant to arrest the fugitive emissions. Maintenance of air pollution control equipments will be done regularly.

Table 2.11: Air emission from stack S. No. Parameters Unit Limit Results

1. Temperature of Flue Gas 0 C -- 114 2. Average Flue Gas Velocity m/sec -- 6.5 3. Suspended Particular Matter mg/Nm3 150 81.2 4. NOX ppm 50 1.80 5. SO2 ppm 100 BDL

2.8.2 Waste Water Treatment, Recycle and Utilization There shall be no generation of industrial waste water from the proposed Pharma plant. Only domestic waste water will be generated which will be discharged through septic tank/soak pit system. The proposed project under consideration is an installation of Effluent Treatment Plant for 5 m3/day capacity. Where the generated waste water from different unit will be scientifically treated undertaken and treated water will be reused. ETP Flow Diagram is given in Figure 2.8. 2.8.2.1 Treatment Scheme of ETP Plant Capacity The Treatment plant has been designed to treat 5 m3 day of wastewater. The duration of treatment considered is 24 operating hours a day.

Design Capacity : Connected Load Specific Power Operating Temperature

0.5 m3 hr (DWF) 3.1 KW(+10 %) KW 3.5 KW(+10 %) KW 10-50˚C

DESIGN BASIS The parameters at the inlet and outlet of the common effluent treatment plant (ETP) are specified below:

PARAMETERS Feed Water Treated Water PH 2.0 6.5 – 8.0

Temperature Ambient Ambient TSS 250 ppm < 30 ppm

BOD5 350 ppm <100 ppm COD 600 ppm < 250 ppm

Oils & Fat 20 ppm <10 ppm

The proposed treatment system for treatment of waste water shall consists of following treatment unit in three stages namely




Raw waste water transport: Raw waste water from the source shall be carried to the treatment site through suitably designed channel or a closed pipe depending upon the topography of the site. Raw sewage after grit removal and mechanical screen is received in a sump to dampen the shock loads to the system. The sump shall be constructed in RCC. Equalization tank: As the wastewater originates from different sources have different characteristics & flow rates, it is necessary to provide an equalization tank for dampening the fluctuations in wastewater flow rate & characteristics. An equalization tank constructed in RCC is considered for this purpose. An equalization tank will also be provided with a mixer for mixing the tank content & keeping the solids in suspension. Effluent from equalization tank shall then be pumped to further treatment. Physicochemical treatment: The effluent come from equalization tank will pass through reaction tank where the suitable flocculating agent (lime slurry & alum with polyelectrolyte) will be mixed with the help of air diffuser line, and the effluent gravitationally transferred in to tube settler. The suspended solid will be settled down in the tube settler and the treated effluent again overflows to the buffer tank. Diffuser line is also provided in the buffer tank for proper aeration of the effluent. After proper aeration of the effluent in the buffer tank it will pass through multigrade filter & activated carbon filter. Dual media filter: The treated water from the aeration tank would be pumped by means of a filter feed pump through a Dual Media filter to remove suspended solids which might get carried away from the Reactor. The DMF is made in corrosion resistant FRP with mounting arrangement for backwash. Activated carbon filter: The Activated Carbon Unit is designed to absorb some slight tinge of color or odorous organic compound to help recycle the water. The unit is made in corrosion resistant material of FRP with a totalizing of the Flow of treated water. Sludge handling: These are brick masonry filter beds with under drainage system to take out the filtrate percolating through the filter media. The sludge that is allowed to be dried by solar evaporation is removed periodically. This dried sludge cake can then be used as organic manure for Agriculture/ horticulture. The filtrate will be routed back to the treatment system. Optionally in case of space constraint a Sludge Bag arrangement is offered optionally. The Treatment Scheme would be as follows: The summarized specifications of the equipments are provided as under. Capacity : 5 M3/Day In 12 HR Bar Screen Numbers proposed : Two (01w + 00s) Material of construction : MSEP Design flow : 0.5 m3/h Spacing : 600 & 600 mm Inclination : 60° Cleaning : Manual Scope : civil by client

Screen –veda

Inlet --- Course bar screen --- Oil Trap --- Equalization tank --- Raw sewage Pump --- Dosing system --- Physicochemical treatment --- Aeration Tank --- Filter feed pump --- Dual media filter --- Activated carbon filter --- Treated water tank--- Transfer Pump




Oil Skimmer Numbers proposed : One (01w + 00s) Type : Belt Type Material of construction of tank : RCC M 25 Design flow : 0.5 m3/h Equalisation Tank Numbers proposed : One Material of construction : RCC M 30 Total volume : 12 m3 Scope : Client (Civil)

VCPL (Mechanical) Roots Air Blower Numbers proposed : Two (01w + 01s) Rating : 10-30 m3/h Static Head : 4000 MMWC Motor Rating : 2.0 hp Scope : VCPL Make : AIRVAC Casting Dosing System Number proposed : One (01w + 00s) Flow : 0-10 lph Dosing tank volume : 100 liters Dosing tank moc : MS Scope : VCPL Alum Dosing System Number Proposed : ONE (01W + 00S) Flow : 0-6 LPH Dosing Tank Volume : 100 Liters Dosing Tank MOC : MS. Scope : VCPL Polly Dosing System Number Proposed : ONE (01W + 00S) Flow : 0-6 LPH Dosing Tank Volume : 100 LITERS Dosing Tank MOC : MS. Scope : VCPL Hydrogen Peroxide Dosing System Number Proposed : ONE (01W + 00S) Flow : 0-6 LPH Dosing Tank Volume : 100 LITERS Dosing Tank MOC : MS Scope : VCPL Filter Feed Pump Number Proposed : TWO (01W + 01S) TAG : P - 101 Flow : 0.5 M3/H Head : 15 MWC Tentative Motor Rating : 0.5 HP MOC : Cast Iron Make : KBL / WILO / CNP Scope : VCPL




Tube Settler Number Proposed : One (01W + 00S) DIA : 900 M Height/Depth : 2.5 M Make : VCPL (MECHANICAL) CLIENT (CIVIL) AERATION TANK Number Proposed : One MOC of Tank : RCC M-30 Volume : 7 M3 Aeration Mechanism : Course Pipe Type : Petra table Without Stopping Plant Scope : Client Filter Feed Pump Number Proposed : Two (01W + 01S) TAG : P - 101 Flow : 0.5 M3/H Head : 15 MWC Tentative Motor Rating : 0.5 HP MOC : Cast Iron Make : KBL / WILO / CNP. Scope : VCPL PIPING DESIGNED FOR A FLOW OF 5 KLD. Dual Media Filter Type of Filter : Vertical Down Flow Internal Painting : 2 Coats Of Black Bitumen After Sand Blasting. External Paint : 2 Coats Of Rop + 2 Coats Of Enamel. Flow Rate : 0.5 M3/H Quantity : 01 W + 00 S MOC of Vessel : IS 2062 DIA.X HOS (MM) : 10 MM Ø X 5400 MM Activated Carbon Filter Type of Filter : Vertical Down Flow Internal Painting : 2 Coats of Black Bitumen after Sand Blasting. External Paint : 2 Coats of Rop + 2 Coats Of Enamel. Flow Rate : 0.5 M3/H Quantity : 01 W + 00 S MOC of Vessel : IS 2062 DIA.X HOS (MM) : 10 MM Ø X 5400 MM Treated Water Tank Numbers Proposed : One Material of Construction : RCC M 30 Total Volume : 7 M3 Scope : Client (Civil)

VCPL (Mechanical)




Figure: 2.8: Flow Diagram of ETP




2.8.3 Noise Pollution and Control System The noise levels are primarily generated due to industrial activities like mechanical movement and material handling in unit. Noise may generate from motors, vehicular movement, generators, etc. General noise levels within plant are expected to remain below 75 dB(A). In order to mitigate the noise levels during the operational phase, a green belt will be developed around the periphery of the plant. However, at places where noise levels may exceed the permissible limit, acoustic enclosure shall be provided. 2.8.4 Solid Waste Management Solid waste estimated to be generated in the proposed industry is in the form of ETP sludge 1.0 kg/day) and Boiler Ash (approx. 20-25 kg/day). The waste generated will be temporarily stored in the form of covered room inside factory premises at cooled and dry place. Boiler Ash will be used for land filling purposes of Low Lying Area whereas ETP sludge will be disposed through authorized TSDF facility from pollution control board.

2.8.5 Hazardous Waste Management Hazardous waste is a waste with properties that make it dangerous or potentially harmful to human health or the environment. The universe of hazardous wastes is large and diverse. Hazardous wastes can be liquids, solids, contained gases, or sludge. They can be the by-products of manufacturing processes or simply discarded commercial products, like cleaning fluids or pesticides. All hazardous wastes are required to be treated and disposed off in the prescribed manner. The main objective is to promote safe management and use of hazardous substances including hazardous chemicals and hazardous wastes, in order to avoid damage to health and environment.

Table 2.12: Hazardous Waste Management Type of Waste Colors of Bins Category Disposal Method Total Waste Used Oil Black With

Label Hazardous Waste

Used oil shall be given Approve vendor

15 lit/month

2.8.6 Green Belt Development M/s MGL Pharma & Chemical Pvt. Ltd. has proposed 452 sq.m. area for the development of green belt around periphery of the unit and in open space. Total area is 1370 sq.m. proposed for the pharma manufacturing, hence approx 33% of plant area will be developed as green belt. In Green belt area, about 1500 tree per hectare (10000 sq.m.) of land will be planted as per soil quality and survival of the trees in the area. Total 68 Nos. tree will be planted. Keeping in view the climatic conditions, status of soil and vegetation types in and around the project area, the species shall be selected for the proposed green belt development. 2.8.7 Facilities at the Plant The factory building will along with other ancillary structures are proposed to be constructed. It will be provided adequate space for the following areas of working:

• Storage for raw material and finished goods. • Plant and Machinery • Store • Office • Ladies and Gents Toilets (Separate) • Water storage tanks • Recreational area

Open space will be landscaped and trees will be planted in due course of time 2.8.8 Health and Sanitation




The workers engaged in high pollution generation area will be equipped with appropriate protective equipment. Following measures will be adopted in the plant to keep check on the safety measures and health: • Inspection and maintenance of pollution control systems regularly. • All safety measures such as provision of safety appliances, training, giving-of safety awards. • The workers exposed to noisy sources will be provided with ear muffs/plugs. • Adequate facilities for drinking water and sufficient toilets will be provided to the employees

2.8.9 Aspect/Impact Analysis The environmental aspect, impact and proposed mitigation measures given in Table 2.13.

Table 2.13: Environmental Aspect, Impact and Proposed Mitigation Measures # Aspect Impact Proposed Measures 1 Effluent Generation Water Pollution ETP is proposed for waste treatment 2 i. Emission of Gases

ii. Dust Emission

Air Pollution i. Adequate Stack Height will be provided for better dispersion of pollutants

ii. Water sprinkling system will be provided to control the dust emission

3 Generation of Solid and Hazardous Waste

Land Pollution Hazardous Waste Will Be Send to TSDF for Disposal purpose

4 Noise generation during operation of plant

Noise Pollution All noise generating machines will be spread at different places within the cover sheds.

5 Use of water Impact on Hydrogeology

Rain water recharge pits will be constructed.

6 Removal of the soil Impact on geology Top soil will be stacked separately and will be used for greenbelt development.

7 Construction of building Impact on Land Use 33% area of the project site will be developed as Greenbelt.

8 Removal of plant and shrubs

Impact biological environment

No tree cutting. Adequate plantation will be done to minimize the adverse impact.

9 Project activity Socio Economic Environment

Employment will be given to local persons. Fund allocated for CSR activity.

10 Emergency during Operation of the Plant

Risk Risk assessment and Onsite emergency plan will be prepared

2.8.10 Zero Waste Discharge Scheme The proposed project has zero liquid effluent discharge scheme. The pharma manufacturing unit has no process solid waste, waste water or any hazardous waste. The wastewater generated from industrial process i.e. 4500 liters per day will treated in ETP and reused in greenbelt/dust suppression. No industrial/process wastewater will be generated from pharma manufacturing unit. No major air pollution/emission will be there due to pharma manufacturing unit. No Solid waste will be generated due to manufacturing process, except in case of process failure. There is no discharge from proposed manufacturing unit in any means; hence it is zero discharge plant. 2.9 CLEANER PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY Cleaner Production in recent times has emerged as an attractive proposition to tackle the environmental problems posed by rapid industrialization and is being accepted worldwide. Besides reducing pollution, it also improves the process efficiency, thus reducing the cost of production. Applications of CP mainly focus on preventing or minimizing the generation of waste and gaseous emission. The basic idea of cleaner production is to avoid a problem altogether rather than trying to find remedial measure by adopting proactive approach of waste management. As far as the




production processes are concern, CP is achieved by raw material and energy conservation, by reducing quantum of emission and waste generation. To obtain fruitful results of CP should be implemented by adopting the concept of product modification, source reduction and recycling. This is a new unit and it will be implemented various techniques of CP in their factory premises and put continues efforts for developing new techniques. Proposed implementation of techniques of CP is described below:

2.9.1 Pollution Prevention • High density polythene bags or drums are used. Hence, the generation of plastic waste is

reduced. Moreover, Discarded Bags and Container are decontaminated and reuse/sold. • The unit is maintaining the proper inventory of the hazardous chemicals and keeping the

buffer stock as minimum as possible. This reduces the possibilities & magnitude of environmental hazards.

• There is a periodic arrangement of environmental training program to create understanding among plant personnel towards environment.

• Unit will manufacture products with maximum yield by using high-quality of raw material and advanced process technology.

• To minimize material wastage, standard SOP will be followed by the unit. 2.9.2 Water Conservation

• Mopping will be done for floor cleaning. • As a part of water conservation, excess service water taps will not be provided in the plant

premises. Likewise, for the green belt development, water sprinkle system will be used instead of hose pipe.

• Flow meter will be installed at raw water intake and outlet of Effluent Treatment plant. • High Pressure Jet Pump will be used for the cleaning of equipment, vessel & rector etc.

2.9.3. Energy Conservation • First step to conserve energy is to identify source of energy utilization. • Variable frequency drives (VFD) in pumps, whenever required will be provided to save

energy. • Use of low loss transformer instead of conventional transformer. • Proper air to fuel ratio will be maintained for the maximum efficiency of boiler. • Good insulation practice will be adopted to prevent heat losses. • Regular cleaning to the lamps and fixtures will be done to get better illumination in the

plant. • To avoid loss of precious quantum of energy, regular maintenance/ servicing is provided to

all the equipments. • Unit is planning to conduct energy audit regularly as a tool for monitoring purpose.

2.9.4. Reuse / Recycle • The solvent used in the manufacturing process will be recovered through vaporization by

heating and condensation and reused again in the manufacturing process. • Used oil from the plant & machineries will be reused as a lubricant within plant or sell to

MoEF approved Recyclers. 2.9.5. Good Housekeeping Good housekeeping means changing existing practices or introducing new ways of operating and maintaining equipment. Proper good housekeeping can prevent accidents, spillages and leakages, raw material & product loses. For Good housekeeping following practices are adopted.

• All the materials are stored in compatible group. • All pits, sumps are properly covered or securely fenced. • Appropriate tools are provided for handling of all the materials. • Regular training is given to all workforces.




• All the passages, floors and stairways are maintained in good condition. The system is made available to deal with any spillage at the plant.

• Sufficient disposable bins are clearly marked and these are suitably located in the plant. • In the plant, precaution and instructions are displayed at strategic locations. Proper working

instructions are given to all the workers in factory. • Roads/walkway within the plant is maintained neat and clean. Walkways are clearly marked

and free from obstructions. 2.10 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE The technology used for the manufacturing of drugs is well tested and meets the all cleaner production technology standards as it is already adopted and implemented by countries in worldwide. Hence, there is no assessment of new & untested technology for the risk of technological failure required. 2.11 SUMMARY M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. has proposed to produce bulk drugs (30 TPM) Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh. The proposed project site is located in the notified industrial estate and falls in Category 5 (f)-B (Project is in Notified Industrial Area (UPSIDC Industrial Phase 1 Hapur) of Environment Impact Assessment Notification dated 14th September 2006. Most of the raw materials are indigenous. Also there is easy availability of infrastructure, man power and easy availability of raw materials. Total land requirement for the proposed project is 1370 m2, out of which 33% will be used for greenbelt development. Total power requirement will be 60 KW. Power supply will be taken from UPPL. In case of emergency or power failure D.G. set of 100 KVA will be used. It will be used to fulfill emergency power requirement. The water requirement of the unit will be met from Borewell and permission for water withdrawl applied to CGWB. The daily requirement of water for unit is 11.00 KLD. Unit will work on one shift basis and manpower will be needed about 33 persons. The manufacturing process of drugs is a synthetic process and the starting material for the process is reagent / drug intermediates of the individual drug. ETP is proposed for waste treatment. Adequate Stack Height will be provided for better dispersion of pollutants. Water sprinkling system will be provided to control the dust emission. Hazardous Waste will be sent to TSDF site for Disposal purpose. All noise generating machines will be spread at different places within the cover sheds. Rain water recharge pits will be constructed. Top soil will be stacked separately and will be used for greenbelt development. Employment will be given to local persons.

--------------------------OO--------------------------


Document No. 2015_VI_00002_Final EIA Page | 32 (Chapter- 3) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana

CHAPTER-3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.0 INTRODUCTION The main objectives of describing the environment, which may be potentially affected, are (i) to assess present environmental quality and the environmental impacts and (ii) to identify environmentally significant factors. The chapter contains information on existing environmental scenario of the proposed project study area. 3.1 STUDY AREA AND PERIOD Various environmental parameters study has been done within 10 Km radius area of the proposed project site. The study area map is given in Figure 1.1 in Chapter 1. The air, water, soil and noise sampling locations have been presented in Figure 3.10, 3.11, 3.12 and 3.13. The ToR presentation for proposed project was held on 27.10.2016 and ToR was granted by State Level Expert Appraisal Committee on 16th January, 2016. We have request for Baseline study by request letter dated 02.03.2016 for the period of 1st March to 31st May, 2016 (attached as Annexure IV). Accordingly the baseline environmental study has been done for the period of 1st March to 31st May, 2016, and additional two months Baseline Data for 1st November to 31st December, 2016 as per ToR Letter also provided as well as secondary data also collected from different sources. Baseline data has been collected out during the 1st March to 31st May, 2016 and additional two months Baseline Data for 1st November to 31st December, 2016 by M/s. Vardan Envirolab, Gurgaon {NABL Accredited Lab, Certificate No. T-2629 MOEFCC NO. S.O. 1783 (E) (Certificate enclosed as Annexure V)} in accordance with the Guidelines for EIA issued by the Ministry of Environment Forests and Climate Change, Govt. of India and CPCB, New Delhi. The impact identification always commences with the collection of baseline data such as Ambient Air Quality, Micro-Meteorology, Ground and Surface Water Quality, Noise levels, Soil Quality, Land use pattern, Biological Environment and Socio-economic aspects, Solid and Hazardous waste, Risk Assessment, Geology and Hydrology within the study zone of 10 Km. radius. 3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS To achieve the objectives of ToR, Vardan EnviroNet team members visited the study and monitored the environmental parameters accordance with the Guidelines for EIA, issued by the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, Government of India. The component of the study is given below: • Air Environment • Air Quality and Meteorology • Water Environment • Soil Environment • Noise Environment • Land Use and Land Cover • Hydrogeology • Geology • Solid and Hazardous Waste • Risk Assessment • Ecology and Biodiversity • Socio-economic Environment. 3.3 LAND USE AND LAND COVER 3.3.1 Data Collection Methodology The baseline information on micro-meteorology, ambient air quality, water quality, noise levels, soil quality and floristic descriptions are largely drawn from the data generated by M/s Vardan Enviro Lab, Gurgaon (NABL Accredited and MoEF&CC Recognized Lab). Long term meteorological data recorded at the nearest IMD station, Delhi was also collected. Micrometeorological data at site was recorded using automatic weather station. Apart from these, secondary data have been collected from Census



Handbook, Revenue Records, Statistical Department, Soil Survey and Land use Organization, District Industries Centre, Forest Department, Central Ground Water Authority, etc. 3.3.2 Land Use Pattern of the Study area Shri Joshua Anand (FAE) and Bhagwan Sahay (FAA) were involved in preparing the land use report. Data Used: United States Geological Survey (USGS) Satellite Data: Landsat 8 cloud free data has been used for Land use /Land cover analysis, Satellite Sensor–OLITIRS multi-spectral digital data has been used for the preparation of land use/ land cover map of present study. Survey of India reference map on 1:50,000 scales have been used for the preparation of base map and geometric correction of satellite data. Ground truthing has been carried out to validate the interpretation accuracy and reliability of remotely sensed data, by enabling verification of the interpreted details and by supplementing with the information, which cannot be obtained directly on satellite imagery. Methodology: The methodology used for the study consists of following components. Methodology Adopted for Thematic Data Extraction from the Satellite Imageries ERDAS image processing 10.0 software and ARC/GIS 10.0 software were used for the project. ERDAS 10.0 image processing software was used for digital processing of the spatial data. Digital image processing techniques were applied for the mapping of the land use land cover classes of the provided area from the satellite data. Methodology Used for Land use Classification and Mapping is presented in Figure 3.1.

Figure 3.1: Methodology Used for Land use Classification and Mapping Results: A standard False Color Composite (FCC) image has also been generated on the same scale (Figure 3.2 and 3.3). The proposed project site is located on land with scrub land use class. Results are given in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area Land use Area (in Hectares) % Area Water Body 825.26 3.04 Forest 1198.71 4.42 Settlement 3172.5 11.69 Open Scrub 1704.06 6.28 Agriculture Land 17224.51 63.47 Fallow Land 3011.22 11.1 Total Area 27136.26 100

(Source: Land Use Map)



Figure 3.2: Land Use Pattern of the Study Area



Figure 3.3: FCC Map of the Study Area



3.4 GEOLOGY AND HYDROLOGY Regionally the eastern half of the district forms part of Ganga alluvial plain where as its western part in close proximity of Hindon and Yamuna rivers represents 8 marginal alluvial plain Tectonically the alluvial plain of Ganga basin represents a structural trough (Fore deep) or down wrap of earth crust. The Original of which is correlated to plate tectonic and Himalayan uplift. The area is underlain by quaternary sediments, there thickness increase from west to east and also towards north east. As per available subsurface alluvium in the district varies from 115 m to 450 m. In Hindon Yamuna doab, the thickness of quaternary sediments including alluvial deposit varies from 300 m the north to 115 m in the central part of the Western side of Hindon river. On the basis of exploratory drilling carried out in the area and three tier aquifer system has been identified down to a depth of 450 mbgl. The first aquifer system extends down to a depth of 125 mbgl and extends down to 200 mbgl in north part of the district. Thickness of aquifer decreases in the western part of the district and depth of bedrock is shallow. The aquifer material is medium to coarse grained sand exception being Trans Hindon area. The yield varies between 1000 and 2500 lpm. Transmissivity ranges from 300-2000 m2 / day. The quality of formation water is good in the eastern part of the district and deteriorates in the western part of the district in trans Hindon area. Second aquifer system exists in the depth ranges of 170- 350 mbgl. The aquifer medium is medicine to fine grained sand with occasional coarse grained sand. The quality of formation water is good. The tubewells are yielding 1000-2000 lpm at a considerably high drawdown. The third aquifer system occurs below 350m and continues down to depth explored of 450 m. Since no tubewell has been constructed in this aquifer group, therefore aquifer parameters are not known. As per electrical log the quality of formation water seems to be good. Details of exploratory tubewell constructed by CGWB is appended in Table-1 and location of exploratory wells in Plate-I. Ground water occurs in the pore spaces of this unconsolidated sediment in this zone of saturation. The ground water generally occurs under unconfined conditions and depth to water level ranges between 1.70 to 24.60 mbgl during premonsoon period (May 2005) Plate-II and during post monsoon period (Nov. 2005) if varies between 2.20 to 23.37 mbgl (Plate-III) where as piezometric head of deeper aquifers rests between 3.04 to 16.37 mbgl. The general slope of water table is from north to south (Plate-V) and broadly follows the direction of surface slope. The hydraulic gradient varying from 0.4 to 4.8 m/Km. The maximum water level fluctuation (4.83) was observed in Rajapur (Pz) of Rajapur block. The water level elevation varies from 192 mamsl to 214 mamsl (Plate-V). The long-term water level trend in 10 years (1998 to 2007) is observed 0.2125 m/year during monsoon and 0.3016 m/year during post monsoon period. Ground Water Resources The taluka-wise dynamic ground water resources of the district have been estimated for the year 2011. These ground water estimates for the phreatic aquifer in the district are presented in the table below.

Table 3.2 BLOCKWISE GROUND WATER RESOURCE AS ON 31.3.2004

S. No Blocks Annual Ground Water

Recharge (in ham)

Net Ground Water

Availability (in ham)

Existing Gross

Ground Water

Draft For All Uses (in ham)

Net Ground Water

Availability for Future Irrigation

Development (in ham)

Stage of Ground Water

Development (in %)

Category of Ground Water Development

1. Hapur 17739.93 15965.94 14003.64 1879.13 87.71 Semi critical 2. Garhmuk

teshwar 18285.54 1 16456.99 10168.18 6165.98 61.79 Safe

(Source: http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/UP/Ghaziabad.pdf )

http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/UP/Ghaziabad.pdf



Status of Ground Water Development (Taluka wise) The long term data of National hydrograph stations of CGWB shows that except at few places, the entire district exhibit a declining trend of water level resulting in drying out the number of dug wells and also shallow ground water structures particularly in Non Canal Command areas. Based on the data recorded in the piezometers of GWD, the Declining trend of water level is 25.7 cm/year (1998- 2007). The Taluka- wise groundwater structures are furnished in Table below.

Table: 3.3- BLOCKWISE SOURCE OF IRRIGATION AND IRRIGATED AREA BY DIFFERENT SOURCES S. No Name of

Block Irrigated Area by Canals (Surface Irrigation) (ham)

Canal Length (Km)

Irrigated Area by Public T/W (ham)

No. of Public T/W (State)

Irrigated Area by Private T/W /Boring (ham)

No. of Pvt. T/W & Borings

1. Hapur 343 12 497 43 21719 2. Garh

Mukteshwar 4144 72 565 37 17326





Fig 3.4: Depth of Water Level Hapur District

Hapur



Fig 3.5: Water Table Elevation Map





Fig 3.6: Drainage Map of Study Area.



3.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT AND METEOROLOGY 3.5.1 Climate The climate of the study area is based on information from the most recent published long-term climatologically tables (1961–1976) by Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), for Delhi (Station ID: 42841). The observatory was situated in the compound of the District Local Board Office. The place was in a flatten area with other industries around. The Yamuna Canal flows nearby. Wind instruments were on the ground level of the project site. 3.5.2 Temperatures The highest temperature (mean) and daily lowest temperature (mean) recorded are 47.8°C (in the month of May) and 39.9°C (in the month of April) respectively during Pre-monsoon. The highest temperature recorded was 47.8°C. January is generally the coldest month, with daily minimum (mean) temperature of 11.3°C. The lowest temperature recorded was 4.0°C. During summer season, i.e. March – May, day temperatures remain between 18.6 – 39.9ºC. 3.5.3 Rainfall The distribution of rainfall in the region, which includes the study area, is regular. Annual total rainfall in the region is 845 mm. Distribution of rainfall by season is 700.3 mm in monsoons (June, July, August, September), 30.2 mm in post-monsoons (October – November), 58 mm in winter (December, January, February) and 56.3 mm in summer (March, April, May). About 82.87 percent of the annual rainfall in the region is received during the monsoon months i.e. June to September. July is the rainiest month. July is having maximum number of rainy days i.e. 10.2. 3.5.4 Humidity Hapur has a monsoon-influenced humid subtropical climate characterized by very hot summers and cool winters. Humidity varies from 30 to 100%. 3.5.5 Micro-Meteorology at Site Meteorological station was set-up at site to record surface meteorological parameter during study period; winter season (March to May, 2016 and November to December, 2016). The variation in temperature ranges from 8.00C to 39.90C. The wind recorded during the survey period at the site is more or less according to the trend indicated in wind rose diagram.

Table 3.4: Climatological Details (March to May, 2016)

Months Temp (°C)

Relative Humidity

(%)

Average wind

velocity (m/s)

Total Rainfall (mm)

Average Mixing

Height (m) Max Min Max Min 1700

March-2016 36 15 98 21 2.7 17.8 April -2016 42 20 74 12 2.9 0.6 May -2016 43 22 98 14 3.33 30.8

Table 3.4 (a): Climatological Details (November to December, 2016)

Months Temp (°C)

Relative Humidity

(%)

Average wind

velocity (m/s)

Total Rainfall (mm)

Average Mixing

Height (m)

Max Min Max Min 900 November-2016 32 11 98 19 1.6 0.0 December -2016 27 8 99 27 1.9 0.0

Source : https://www.timeanddate.com/weather/india/delhi/historic http://iari.res.in/?option=com_content&view=article&id=402&Itemid=322 3.5.6 Wind Speed/ Direction In the present study, one season (1st March – 31st May, 2016 and additional data of 1st November to 31st December, 2016) meteorological data has been taken for calculation of pollutant concentration. The meteorological data is for pre-monsoon in the project area. The mixing height for study period has been taken from the atlas of hourly mixing height and assimilative capacity of atmosphere in India (Attri et al., 2008). Windrose diagram of one season (1st March – 31st May, 2016) meteorological data

https://www.timeanddate.com/weather/india/delhi/historic

http://iari.res.in/?option=com_content&view=article&id=402&Itemid=322



used for modeling is shown given below in Figure 3.7. The predominant wind direction is West North West.

Figure 3.7: Wind Rose Diagram (blowing from)

3.6 Ambient Air Quality The ambient air quality with respect to the study area of 10 Km radius around the contract area forms the baseline information. The various sources of air pollution in the region are dust rising from unpaved roads, domestic fuel burning, vehicular traffic, agricultural activities, other industries, etc. The prime objective of baseline air quality monitoring is to assess existing air quality of the area. This will also be useful in assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during the operations. The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through scientifically designed ambient air quality network. The design of monitoring network in the air quality surveillance program has been based on the following considerations: Meteorological conditions; Topography of the study area; Likely impact area.

Table 3.5 Procedures for Determining Various Air Quality Parameters Parameters Testing Procedure

PM10 & PM 2.5 Gravimetric Method by using Respirable Particulate Matter sampler “Respirable Dust Sampler” (RDS)

NO2 Absorption in diluted NaOH and then estimated calorimetrically with sulphanilamide and N (I-Nepthyle) Ethylene diamine Dihydrochloride and Hydrogen Peroxide (IS: 5182 1975, Part-VI).

SO2 Absorption in Sodium Tetra Chloromercurate followed by Colorimetric estimation using P-Rosaniline hydrochloride and Formaldehyde (IS: 5182 Part – II, 2001).

CO

Each constituent gas in a sample will absorb some infra red at a particular frequency. By shining an infra-red beam through a sample cell (containing CO), and measuring the amount of infra-red absorbed by the sample at the necessary wavelength, a NDIR detector is able to measure the volumetric concentration of CO in the sample.



3.6.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Ambient air monitoring was carried out on monthly basis in the surrounding areas of the project site to assess the ambient air quality at the source. To know the ambient air quality at a larger distance i.e. in the study area of 10 Km. radius, air quality survey has been conducted at 08 locations over a period of Pre Monsoon Season (1st March – 31st May, 2016 and additional data of 1st November to 31st December, 2016) (Table 3.6 and Figure 3.8). Major air pollutants viz. PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) and CO representing the basic air pollutants in the region were identified for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring.

Table 3.6 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Sampling Stations Station Sampling

Location Aerial distance (Km) and direction from Project Site

Coordinates Justification Latitude Longitude

A1 Project Site 28°39'2.77"N 77°34'21.65"E Project Site A2 Village-Chauna 2.76 Km in SE 28°38'00.05"N 77°35'35.59"E Downwind, Near

Populated Area A3 Village-Nidhauli 6.41 km in SE 28°37’09.69"N 77°37'40.22"E Downwind, Near Ganga

Canal A4 Village-Bhurgarhi 3.67 Km in NW 28°40’22.44"N 77°32'41.53"E Upwind, , Near

Populated Area A5 Village-Jadonpur 4.4 Km in NE 28°39’44.49"N 77°36'47.10"E Crosswind, Near

Populated Area A6 Village-Bambawar 4.94 Km in SW 28°36’42.54"N 77°32'51.46"E Crosswind, Near

Populated Area A7 Village-Kalu Garhi 7.1 Km in NW 28°41’55.55"N 77°31'24.48"E Upwind, Near Railway

Line A8 Village-Salarpur Kalan 8.05 Km in SE 28°34’55.59"N 77°35'56.91"E Crosswind, Near

Populated Area 3.6.2 Baseline Data Three major air pollutants viz. PM10 and PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) and CO were monitored to establish the baseline air quality. The ambient air quality is given in Tables 3.7 and Figure 3.8 to 12. Air quality monitoring locations pictures are given in Figure 3.10.

Table 3.7 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (1st March – 31st May, 2016) Station A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

PM10

(µg/m3)

NORMS Min. 67.60 67.50 60.50 73.20 62.40 65.40 76.50 68.00 Max. 89.60 89.30 94.30 93.20 80.50 84.30 93.20 92.10

100 (µg/m3)

Avg. 79.61 78.02 81.18 85.80 69.62 76.32 86.83 82.03 98th Per. 89.29 86.13 92.79 92.65 77.45 83.20 92.75 91.20

PM2.5

(µg/m3) 60

(µg/m3)

Min. 33.20 32.10 32.30 35.40 30.60 30.80 39.80 30.20 Max. 49.00 52.10 52.30 54.00 45.70 50.10 54.70 50.60 Avg. 39.95 40.73 41.62 46.64 36.31 40.78 47.03 42.81

98th Per. 48.84 51.16 51.73 54.00 45.65 49.95 53.95 50.35

NO2

(µg/m3) 80

(µg/m3)

Min. 19.80 18.70 10.80 23.10 10.80 18.70 20.70 18.60 Max. 28.70 27.60 27.60 34.20 23.50 34.30 34.50 37.60 Avg. 24.07 22.10 21.71 28.71 19.93 23.77 28.88 24.84

98th Per. 28.60 27.60 27.03 34.20 23.40 32.05 33.50 35.95

SO2 (µg/m3 ) 80

(µg/m3)

Min. 7.80 8.70 7.00 8.60 6.70 7.80 10.30 6.70 Max. 13.40 14.30 13.20 14.30 10.30 13.20 16.50 13.60 Avg. 10.59 11.00 10.52 10.80 8.47 9.78 11.93 10.01

98th Per. 13.30 13.73 13.20 13.75 10.15 12.95 15.40 13.00

CO (mg/m3) 4.00 (mg/m3)

Min. 0.50 0.50 0.45 0.50 0.53 0.50 0.55 0.65 Max. 1.11 1.20 0.78 0.93 0.63 0.76 0.93 1.11



Avg. 0.68 0.67 0.60 0.74 0.57 0.60 0.73 0.87 98th Per. 1.09 1.10 0.75 0.92 0.62 0.72 0.92 1.10

VOC (µg/m3 )

0.50 (µg/m3)

Min. < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 Max. < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 98th Per.

< 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50

Interpretation Air Quality Monitoring Ambient Air Quality Monitoring reveals that the minimum and maximum concentrations of PM10 for all the 8 Air Quality monitoring stations were found to be 60.50 µg/m3 and 94.30 µg/m3 respectively, while for PM2.5 it vary between 30.20 µg/m3 and 54.70 µg/m3.. As far as the gaseous pollutants SO2, NO2, CO and VOC are concerned, the prescribed CPCB limit for residential and rural areas has never surpassed at any station. The minimum and maximum concentrations of NO2 were found to be 10.80 µg/m3 and 37.60 µg/m3 respectively. The minimum and maximum concentrations of SO2 were found to be 6.70 µg/m3 and 16.5 µg/m3 respectively. The minimum and maximum concentrations of CO

were found to be 0.45 mg/m3 and 1.20mg/m3 respectively. The prescribed CPCB limit of SO2 and NO2 is 80 µg/m3 and CO is 4.00 mg/m3 for residential and rural areas has never surpassed at any monitoring station.

0

20

40

60

80

100

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

Conc

entr

atio

n (µ

g/m

3 )

Monitoring Station

PM10

NAAQS Limit

Min

Max

Average

98 Percentile

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

Conc

entr

atio

n (µ

g/m

3 )

Monitoring Station

PM2.5

NAAQS Limit

Min

Max

Average

98 Percentile



Figure 3.8: Concentration of Pollutants (March to May, 2016)

0

20

40

60

80

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

Conc

entr

atio

n (µ

g/m

3 )

Monitoring Station

NO2

NAAQS

Min

Max

Average

98 Percentile

0.00

20.00

40.00

60.00

80.00

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8Conc

entr

atio

n (µ

g/m

3 )

Monitoring station

SO2

Min

Max

Average

98 Percentile

NAAQS

00.5

11.5

22.5

33.5

4

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

Conc

entr

atio

n (m

g/m

3 )

Monitoring Location

CO

NAAQS

Min

Max

Average

98 Percentile



As per ToR condition, two months additional Baseline data of 1st November to 31st December, 2016 also collected at same location and data are given below:

Table 3.8 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (1st November to 31st December, 2016) Station A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

PM10

(µg/m3)

NORMS Min. 73.30 71.00 78.60 70.40 67.60 69.00 78.90 70.50 Max. 90.70 91.10 94.30 92.10 80.20 87.60 95.20 85.00

100 (µg/m3)

Ave. 80.75 81.11 86.96 84.55 72.72 78.70 87.54 78.89 98th Per. 89.00 90.68 93.58 91.84 80.07 86.26 95.03 84.76

PM2.5

(µg/m3) 60

(µg/m3)

Min. 32.10 37.60 37.60 34.20 30.00 32.10 41.00 34.20 Max. 50.60 53.20 53.10 53.20 50.30 46.40 56.80 49.60 Ave. 41.56 43.97 44.39 43.11 39.32 39.60 49.37 40.98

98th Per. 50.50 52.18 52.29 52.78 49.37 45.95 55.88 49.26

NO2 (µg/m3) 80

(µg/m3)

Min. 27.60 21.40 19.70 10.90 17.60 17.60 27.40 17.80 Max. 35.30 35.40 34.80 32.10 26.00 34.00 37.60 27.80 Ave. 30.56 29.81 27.51 27.67 20.91 23.42 31.59 21.64

98th Per. 35.04 35.02 33.96 32.07 25.36 33.52 37.36 27.36

SO2 (µg/m3 ) 80

(µg/m3)

Min. 8.90 8.70 7.00 8.70 7.60 7.60 9.80 7.80 Max. 15.00 14.30 12.40 14.00 10.50 12.40 14.30 14.60 Ave. 11.51 11.20 9.71 10.40 9.41 10.11 11.92 10.34

98th Per. 14.49 14.20 12.10 13.81 10.47 12.37 14.20 14.19

CO (mg/m3) 4.00 (mg/m3)

Min. 0.65 0.67 0.51 0.56 0.55 0.69 0.65 0.76 Max. 1.21 1.11 1.11 1.02 0.63 0.95 1.22 1.10 Ave. 0.89 0.82 0.77 0.82 0.60 0.81 0.87 0.89

98th Per. 1.18 1.09 1.07 0.99 0.63 0.94 1.14 1.09

VOC(µg/m3) 0.50

(µg/m3)

Min. < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 Max. < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50

98th Per. < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 < 0.50 (Source: Vardan EnviroLab) Interpretation Air Quality Monitoring Ambient Air Quality Monitoring reveals that the minimum and maximum concentrations of PM10 for all the 8 Air Quality monitoring stations were found to be 67.60 µg/m3 and 95.20 µg/m3 respectively, while for PM2.5 it vary between 30.00 µg/m3 and 56.80 µg/m3.. As far as the gaseous pollutants SO2, NO2, CO and VOC are concerned, the prescribed CPCB limit for residential and rural areas has never surpassed at any station. The minimum and maximum concentrations of NO2 were found to be 10.90 µg/m3 and 37.60 µg/m3 respectively. The minimum and maximum concentrations of SO2 were found to be 7.00 µg/m3 and 15.00 µg/m3 respectively. The minimum and maximum concentrations of CO

were found to be 0.51 mg/m3 and 1.22 mg/m3 respectively. The prescribed CPCB limit of SO2 and NO2 is 80 µg/m3 and CO is 4.00 mg/m3 for residential and rural areas has never surpassed at any monitoring station. Detailed Air Monitoring Lab report is attached as Annexure-VI. The standards of Ambient Air Quality in India are available online at http://cpcb.nic.in/National_Ambient_Air_Quality_Standards.php.

http://cpcb.nic.in/National_Ambient_Air_Quality_Standards.php



0

20

40

60

80

100

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

Conc

entr

atio

n (µ

g/m

3 )

Monitoring Station

PM10

NAAQS Limit

Min

Max

Average

98 Percentile

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

Conc

entr

atio

n (µ

g/m

3 )

Monitoring Station

PM2.5

NAAQS Limit

Min

Max

Average

98 Percentile

01020304050607080

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

Conc

entr

atio

n (µ

g/m

3 )

Monitoring Station

NO2

NAAQS

Min

Max

Average

98 Percentile



Figure 3.9: Concentration of Pollutants (November to December, 2016)

0.00

10.00

20.00

30.00

40.00

50.00

60.00

70.00

80.00

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

Conc

entr

atio

n (µ

g/m

3 )

Monitoring station

SO2

Min

Max

Average

98 Percentile

NAAQS

00.5

11.5

22.5

33.5

4

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

Conc

entr

atio

n (m

g/m

3 )

Monitoring Location

CO

NAAQS

Min

Max

Average

98 Percentile



Figure 3.10: Map showing Air Monitoring Stations



3.7 WATER ENVIRONMENT 3.7.1 Surface Water Ganga Canal and Lakes are located in the study area at approximate distance of 1.5 Km in North East from Project site. Water sample was collected and analyzed for its quality. Surface water quality monitoring locations are given in Table 3.9 and results are given in Table 3.10.

Table 3.9 Surface Water Sampling Stations Station Sampling Location Aerial distance (Km)

and direction from Project Site

Sampling Criteria

SW1 Near Village-Nahal (Ganga Canal) 7.1 Km in NW Up-stream SW2 Near Village-Nidhauli (Ganga Canal) 9.4 Km in SE Down-stream SW3 Near Village-Hasanpur (Hasanpur Lake) 1.1 Km in SW Lake SW4 Village-Masuri 4.4 Km in NW Pond

Table 3.10 Physico-chemical characteristics of Surface Water (March to May, 2016) # Parameter Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4

Physical characteristics

1. pH (at 25 0C) -- 7.89 7.92 7.69 8.03 2. Colour Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 3. Turbidity NTU 5.4 5.0 8.5 10 4. Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

Chemical characteristics 5. Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 92.50 128.80 141.8 210.65 6. Calcium as Ca mg/L 31.06 28.70 39.8 43.44 7. Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/L 83.00 98.00 113 133 8. Chloride as Cl mg/L 42.2 46.94 55.17 78.42 9. Residual free Chlorine mg/L <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 10. Cyanide as CN mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 11. Magnesium as Mg mg/L 3.65 13.9 10.33 24.85 12. Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 195.00 218.00 246 318 13. Total Suspended solids mg/L 48.00 58.00 67 87 14. Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 6.5 6.2 5.8 5.4 15. Sulphate as SO4 mg/L 23.40 19.8 28.5 43.7 16. Fluoride as F mg/L 0.33 0.29 0.38 0.28 17. BOD (3 Days at 270C) mg/L <5.0 <5.0 5.8 6.05 18. COD mg/L 8.80 10.5 12.62 14.5 19. Conductivity µS/cm 329.00 366.00 412.00 531.00 20. Nitrate as NO3 mg/L 3.9 4.1 4.93 6.5 21. Sodium as Na mg/L 22 20 27 29 22. Potassium as K mg/L 7 1 3 2 23. Iron as Fe mg/L 0.19 0.16 0.2 0.22 24. Aluminium as Al mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 25. Boron mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.16 26. Chromium as Cr mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 27. Phenolic Compounds mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 28. Mineral Oil mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 29. Anionic Detergents as MBAS mg/L <0.02 <0.02 0.31 <0.02 30. Zinc as Zn mg/L 0.27 0.31 0.24 0.42 31. Copper as Cu mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.07



32. Manganese as Mn mg/L <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 33. Cadmium as Cd mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 34. Total Coliform MPN/100ml 800 900 940 700 35. Fecal Coliform MPN/100ml 430 480 500 340

(Source: Vardan EnviroLab ) Interpretation of Surface Water Analysis Analysis of surface water result the following; pH varies from to 7.69 to 8.03. Conductivity varies from 329.00-to 531.00 µS/cm Total Hardness varies from 92.50 to 210.65 mg/L. Total Dissolved Solids varies from 195.00 to 318.00 mg/L. COD varies from 8.80 to 14.5 mg/L. BOD varies from <5.0 to 6.05 mg/L

Other heavy metal analyzed viz. Manganese and Cadmium was below detectable limit. A review of the above chemical analysis reveals that there is some variation in chemical composition of water tapped from different source.

As per ToR condition, two months additional Baseline data of 1st November to 31st December, 2016 also collected at same location and data are given below: Table 3.11 Physico-chemical characteristics of Surface Water (1st November to 31st December, 2016)

# Parameter Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4

Physical characteristics

36. pH (at 25 0C) -- 8.01 7.88 7.65 7.95 37. Colour Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 38. Turbidity NTU 6.1 5.8 8.2 9.8 39. Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

Chemical characteristics 40. Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 86.54 118.7 135.88 222.73 41. Calcium as Ca mg/L 28.05 34.08 42.55 38.13 42. Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/L 78.00 85.00 110.00 126.00 43. Chloride as Cl mg/L 40.98 49.06 57.04 67.43 44. Residual free Chlorine mg/L <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 45. Cyanide as CN mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 46. Magnesium as Mg mg/L 4.02 8.18 7.22 31.01 47. Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 188.00 209.00 253.00 289.00 48. Total Suspended solids mg/L 38.00 52.00 68.00 79.00 49. Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 6.4 6.1 5.6 5.2 50. Sulphate as SO4 mg/L 19.99 24.08 19.8 38.79 51. Fluoride as F mg/L 0.30 0.38 0.42 0.35 52. BOD (3 Days at 270C) mg/L <5.0 <5.0 6.02 7.70 53. COD mg/L 7.8 11.00 14.07 16.8 54. Conductivity µS/cm 315.00 349.00 424.00 483.00 55. Nitrate as NO3 mg/L 3.73 4.5 3.9 5.29 56. Sodium as Na mg/L 25 22 31 13 57. Potassium as K mg/L 4 3 <1.0 1 58. Iron as Fe mg/L 0.19 0.13 0.25 0.2



59. Aluminium as Al mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 60. Boron mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.09 61. Chromium as Cr mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 62. Phenolic Compounds mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 63. Mineral Oil mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 64. Anionic Detergents as MBAS mg/L <0.02 <0.02 0.15 <0.02 65. Zinc as Zn mg/L 0.19 0.28 0.24 0.56 66. Copper as Cu mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.09 67. Manganese as Mn mg/L <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 68. Cadmium as Cd mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 69. Total Coliform MPN/100ml 760 940 900 800 70. Fecal Coliform MPN/100ml 410 500 460 310

Interpretation of Surface Water Analysis Analysis of surface water result the following; pH varies from to 7.65 to 8.01. Conductivity varies from 315.00-to 483.00 µS/cm Total Hardness varies from 86.54 to 222.73 mg/L. Total Dissolved Solids varies from 188.00 to 289.00 mg/L. COD varies from 7.80 to 16.8 mg/L BOD varies from <5.0 to 7.70 mg/L

3.7.2 Ground Water The Quality of ground water was studied by collecting eight water samples from representative hand pumps, tube wells. Sampling points were decided using toposheet and field survey. Standard procedures were followed for the sampling and analysis of physico–chemical parameters of water. Table 3.12 shows the details of location of water sampling stations and results of different parameters are given in Table 3.13.

Table 3.12: Ground Water sampling location

Station Sampling Location Aerial distance (Km) and direction from Project Site Source

GW1 Project Site Bore well GW2 Village-Chauna 2.76 Km in SE Bore well GW3 Village-Nidhauli 6.41 km in SE Bore well GW4 Village-Bhurgarhi 3.67 Km in NW Bore well GW5 Village-Jadonpur 4.4 Km in NE Bore well GW6 Village-Bambawar 4.94 Km in SW Bore well GW7 Village-Kalu Garhi 7.1 Km in NW Bore well GW8 Village-Salarpur Kalan 8.05 Km in SE Bore well



Table 3.13: Ground Water Analysis (March to May, 2016)

(Source: Vardan Enviro Lab)

S. No. Parameter GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 Desirable Limit Permissible Limit Physical Parameter 1. pH (at 25 0C) 7.8 7.89 7.95 8.00 7.79 7.69 7.79 8.01 6.5 to 8.5 No Relaxation 2. Colour (Hazen) <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 5 15 3. Turbidity (NTU) <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 1 5 4. Odour Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agreeable Agreeable 5. Taste Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agreeable Agreeable Chemical Parameter 6. Total Hardness as CaCO3 (mg/L) 369.04 387.80 458.04 488.54 347.16 305.50 503.08 415.40 200 600 7. Calcium as Ca (mg/L) 87.80 72.50 107.55 93.44 79.5 90.50 100.70 87.06 75 200 8. Alkalinity as CaCO3 (mg/L) 402.95 429.50 470.00 490 427.00 348.00 487.00 443.00 200 600 9. Chloride as Cl (mg/L) 67.43 78.10 83.06 47.22 71.25 59.48 88.56 54.88 250 1000 10. Cyanide as CN(mg/L) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05 No Relaxation 11. Magnesium as Mg(mg/L) 36.44 50.27 46.10 62.06 36.16 19.37 61.20 48.16 30 100 12. Total Dissolved Solids (mg/L) 548.00 569.00 673.00 585.00 549.00 494.00 695.00 558.00 500 2000 13. Sulphate as SO4(mg/L) 18.03 21.8 32.09 20.22 15.42 35.70 46.28 28.70 200 400 14. Fluoride as F(mg/L) 0.88 0.79 1.02 0.80 0.84 1.11 0.98 0.90 1.0 1.5 15. Nitrate as NO3(mg/L) 32.22 26.09 40.4 38.15 23.04 19.8 43.08 30.44 45 No Relaxation 16. Iron as Fe(mg/L) 0.31 0.29 0.27 0.30 0.25 0.27 0.31 0.32 0.3 No Relaxation 17. Aluminium as Al(mg/L) <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.03 0.2 18. Boron(mg/L) 0.18 0.21 0.27 0.32 0.17 0.38 0.28 0.31 0.5 1.0 19. Hexa Chromium as Cr+6 (mg/L) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05 No Relaxation 20. Phenolic Compounds(mg/L) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 21. Conductivity (µS/cm) 916 954 1121 977 916 825 1159 930 22. Mineral Oil(mg/L) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.5 No Relaxation 23. Anionic Detergents as MBAS (mg/L) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.2 1.0 24. Zinc as Zn(mg/L) 1.21 1.08 1.33 1.90 0.97 1.40 1.33 1.80 5 15 25. Copper as Cu(mg/L) 0.69 0.75 0.18 0.53 0.14 0.09 0.76 0.43 0.05 1.5 26. Manganese as Mn(mg/L) <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 0.1 0.3 27. Cadmium as Cd(mg/L) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.003 No Relaxation 28. Lead as Pb(mg/L) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 No Relaxation 29. Selenium as Se(mg/L) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 No Relaxation 30. Arsenic as As(mg/L) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 No Relaxation 31. Mercury as Hg(mg/L) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 No Relaxation Microbiological Environment 32. Total Coliform MPN/100mL <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 - 10.00 33. E.coli MPN/100mL Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent



Table 3.14: Ground Water Analysis (November-December, 2016)

(Source: Vardan Enviro Lab)

S. No. Parameter GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 Desirable Limit Permissible Limit Physical Parameter 1. pH (at 25 0C) 7.94 7.77 8.02 7.67 7.86 8.04 7.99 7.84 6.5 to 8.5 No Relaxation 2. Colour (Hazen) <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 5 15 3. Turbidity (NTU) <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 1 5 4. Odour Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agreeable Agreeable 5. Taste Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agre. Agreeable Agreeable Chemical Parameter 6. Total Hardness as CaCO3 (mg/L) 356.70 376.04 475.80 466.34 335.80 287.66 449.73 383.06 200 600 7. Calcium as Ca (mg/L) 79.15 64.66 103.06 98.04 84.60 78.15 89.50 71.55 75 200 8. Alkalinity as CaCO3 (mg/L) 389.00 404.00 447.00 476.00 416.00 356.00 489.00 423.00 200 600 9. Chloride as Cl (mg/L) 60.48 72.15 95.60 43.80 79.04 51.02 81.63 49.05 250 1000 10. Cyanide as CN(mg/L) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05 No Relaxation 11. Magnesium as Mg(mg/L) 38.69 52.18 53.14 53.88 30.31 22.52 55.02 49.70 30 100 12. Total Dissolved Solids (mg/L) 537.00 548.00 688.00 589.00 579.00 482.00 664.00 534.00 500 2000 13. Sulphate as SO4(mg/L) 24.16 29.65 43.22 19.07 31.85 27.8 39.66 33.76 200 400 14. Fluoride as F(mg/L) 0.83 0.94 1.09 0.86 0.79 0.65 0.90 1.03 1.0 1.5 15. Nitrate as NO3(mg/L) 36.06 24.04 37.64 41.50 29.70 23.5 40.27 25.4 45 No Relaxation 16. Iron as Fe(mg/L) 0.28 0.31 0.34 0.27 0.32 0.29 0.30 0.24 0.3 No Relaxation 17. Aluminium as Al(mg/L) <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.03 0.2 18. Boron(mg/L) 0.12 0.19 0.20 0.30 0.28 0.12 0.14 0.24 0.5 1.0 19. Hexa Chromium as Cr+6 (mg/L) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05 No Relaxation 20. Phenolic Compounds(mg/L) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 21. Conductivity (µS/cm) 897 915 1147 982 968 803 1106 890 22. Mineral Oil(mg/L) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.5 No Relaxation 23. Anionic Detergents as MBAS (mg/L) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.2 1.0 24. Zinc as Zn(mg/L) 1.06 1.32 1.65 1.78 0.99 0.87 1.55 1.04 5 15 25. Copper as Cu(mg/L) 0.60 0.83 0.28 0.19 0.38 0.13 0.45 0.23 0.05 1.5 26. Manganese as Mn(mg/L) <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 0.1 0.3 27. Cadmium as Cd(mg/L) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.003 No Relaxation 28. Lead as Pb(mg/L) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 No Relaxation 29. Selenium as Se(mg/L) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 No Relaxation 30. Arsenic as As(mg/L) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 No Relaxation 31. Mercury as Hg(mg/L) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 No Relaxation Microbiological Environment 32. Total Coliform MPN/100mL <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 - 10.00 33. E.coli MPN/100mL Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent



Interpretation of Ground Water Result (March to May, 2016) Analysis results of ground water reveal the following;

pH varies from 7.69 to 8.01. Conductivity varies from 825 to 1159 µS/cm Total Hardness varies from 347.16 to 503.08 mg/L. Total Dissolved Solids varies from 494.00 to 695.00 mg/L.

Interpretation of Ground Water Result (November to December, 2016) Analysis results of ground water reveal the following;

pH varies from 7.67 to 8.04. Conductivity varies from 803 to 1147 µS/cm Total Hardness varies from 287.66 to 475.80 mg/L. Total Dissolved Solids varies from 482.00 to 688.00 mg/L.

Other heavy metal analyzed viz. Manganese and Cadmium was below detectable limit. A review of the above chemical analysis reveals that there is some variation in chemical composition of water tapped from different sources but the ground water from all sources remains suitable for drinking purposes as all the constituents are within the limits prescribed for drinking water standards promulgated by Indian Standards (IS: 10500). Water Quality data is attached as Annexure VII and Indian standard Drinking water Specification, IS 10500:2012 for water quality is available online at http://cgwb.gov.in/Documents/WQ-standards.pdf .

http://cgwb.gov.in/Documents/WQ-standards.pdf



Figure 3.11: Map showing Water Sampling Stations



3.8 Noise Environment Noise often defined as unwanted sound, interferes with speech communication, causes annoyance, distracts from work, disturb sleep, thus deteriorating quality of human environment. Noise Pollution survey has therefore been carried out. Noise levels were measured in residential areas and other settlements located within 10 Km radius around the site. 3.8.1 Noise Level within the Study Area The noise analysis within the study area was recorded using 4012 Maxtech sound level meter. The analysis reveals that the noise’s well within the permissible range. The location of Noise level monitoring is presented in Table 3.15. The levels recorded are as stated in Table 3.16. Noise level monitoring location map is given in Figure 3.12.

Table 3.15 Noise Level Sampling Stations Station Sampling Location Aerial distance Km. and direction

from Project Site N1 Project Site - N2 Village-Chauna 2.76 Km in SE N3 Village-Nidhauli 6.41 km in SE N4 Village-Bhurgarhi 3.67 Km in NW N5 Village-Jadonpur 4.4 Km in NE N6 Village-Bambawar 4.94 Km in SW N7 Village-Kalu Garhi 7.1 Km in NW N8 Village-Salarpur Kalan 8.05 Km in SE

Table 3.16 Noise Level during Sampling (March to May, 2016)

S. No Locations Noise Level Leq. dB (A)

Day Time (6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.) Night Time (10:01 p.m. to 5:59 a.m.) 1. N1 64.29 53.46 2. N2 53.28 44.28 3. N3 53.16 42.88 4. N4 53.11 42.08 5. N5 50.80 41.66 6. N6 53.78 43.38 7. N7 54.87 44.05 8. N8 54.00 43.48

(Source: Vardan EnviroLab ) Interpretation Ambient noise levels were measured at 03 locations around the proposed project site. Minimum and maximum noise levels recorded during the day time were from 50.80 Leq dB and 64.29 Leq dB respectively and minimum and maximum level of noise during night time were 41.66 Leq dB and 53.46 Leq dB respectively.



Table 3.17 Noise Level during Sampling (November to December, 2016)

S. No Locations Noise Level Leq. dB (A)

Day Time (6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.) Night Time (10:01 p.m. to 5:59 a.m.) 1. N1 59.05 48.00 2. N2 54.02 43.44 3. N3 52.40 45.00 4. N4 53.44 44.16 5. N5 53.02 43.22 6. N6 51.39 42.82 7. N7 55.00 44.20 8. N8 51.55 43.77

(Source: Vardan EnviroLab ) Interpretation Ambient noise levels were measured at 03 locations around the proposed project site. Minimum and maximum noise levels recorded during the day time were from 51.39 Leq dB and 59.05 Leq dB respectively and minimum and maximum level of noise during night time were 42.82 Leq dB and 48.00 Leq dB respectively. Lab result is attached as Annexure VIII and noise levels at all locations were observed to be within the prescribed limits and Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise is available online at http://cpcb.nic.in/divisionsofheadoffice/pci2/noise_rules_2000.pdf. From the above study and discussions it can be concluded that noise levels in the study area are well within the prescribed limits as prescribed by the CPCB and State Pollution Control Board.

http://cpcb.nic.in/divisionsofheadoffice/pci2/noise_rules_2000.pdf



Figure 3.12: Map showing Noise Sampling Stations



3.9 Traffic Study Traffic study measurements were performed at single locations at National Highway-24, to assess impact on local transport infrastructure due to this proposed project. Road and highway studies are given in Table 3.18.

Table 3.18 Highway in the Study Area

Traffic data collected continuously for 24 hours by visual observation and counting of vehicles under three categories, viz., heavy motor vehicles, light motor vehicles and two/three wheelers. As traffic densities on the roads are high, two skilled persons were deployed simultaneously at each station during each shift- one person on each of the two directions for counting the traffic. At the end of each hour, fresh counting and recording was undertaken. Total numbers of vehicles per hour under the three categories were determined and given in Table 3.19. Existing traffic scenario is given in Table 3.20. Modified traffic scenario given in Table 3.21.

Table 3.19 No. of Vehicles per Day # Vehicles Distribution Number of Vehicles

Distribution/Day PCU Total Number of

Vehicle in PCU Total Number of

Vehicle (PCU)/Hour NH-228 NH-228 NH-228

1. Cars 4245 1 4245 177 2. Buses 1234 3 3702 154 3. Trucks 1775 3 5325 222 4. Two wheelers 1868 0.5 934 39 5. Three wheelers 985 0.75 738.75 30.78

Total 9356 14944.75 622.78

Table 3.20 Existing Traffic Scenario and LOS Road V (Volume in PCU/hr) C (Capacity in PCU/hr) Existing V/C Ratio LOS

NH-24 623 3000 0.207 B Note: The existing level may be “Very Good” for NH-24,

V/C LOS Performance 0.0-0.2 A Excellent 0.2-0.4 B Very Good 0.4-0.6 C Good/ Average/ Fair 0.6-0.8 D Poor 0.8-1.0 E Very Poor

Note: Capacity as per IRC: 64-1990 During Plant Operation

S. No. Type of Vehicle

Additional Vehicle Per day

PCU Total Number of Vehicle in PCU/day

PCU/Hr

1. Truck 5 3 15 1.87 2. Lorries 2 0.75 1.5 0.187 3. 2 Wheeler 20 0.5 10 1.25 4. Bus - - - - 5. Car 5 1 5 0.625

Total 31.5 3.932 Basis No. of vehicle x 2 (Up and Down)

Name of National/State Highway

Direction Ratio in Percentage (%) Up Down

NH-24 Hapur Ghaziabad 100 Total 100%



Table 3.21: Modified Traffic Scenarios and LOS

Road Increased PCU’s- State/National

Highway

V C Modified V/C Ratio

LOS

NH-228 4 x 100%= 4 623+4= 627 3000 0.209 B Conclusion The LOS value from the proposed project may be same as earlier value “Very Good” for National highway-24. So the additional load on the carrying capacity of the concern roads is not likely to have any significant adverse affect. 3.10 SOIL QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA 3.10.1 Soil Quality and Characteristics The information on soils has been collected from various secondary sources and also through primary soil sampling analysis of which is described in this section. For studying the soil profile of the region, 3 locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions around the contract area representing various land use conditions (Table 3.1). The concentrations of physical and chemical parameters were determined. The sampling locations have been finalized with the following objectives: To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area; and To determine the impact of industrialization on soil characteristics. Quality of the soil in the area is showing a marked diversity in nature depending upon the parent rock and climatic conditions prevailing in different parts of the district. The analysis results of the soil samples collected are given in Table 3.22. Soil sampling locations are presented in Figure 3.13.

Table 3.22: Soil Monitoring Station Details Station Sampling Location Aerial distance(Km) and direction in from Project site

S1 Project Site - S2 Village-Chauna 2.76 Km in SE S3 Village-Nidhauli 6.41 km in SE S4 Village-Bhurgarhi 3.67 Km in NW S5 Village-Jadonpur 4.4 Km in NE S6 Village-Bambawar 4.94 Km in SW S7 Village-Kalu Garhi 7.1 Km in NW S8 Village-Salarpur Kalan 8.05 Km in SE



Table 3.23 Physico-chemical Properties of Soil (March to May, 2016)

(Source: Vardan enviroLab ) Interpretation The analysis results show that soil is basic in nature as pH value ranges from 7.08 - 8.25 with organic matter 0.65%-0.89%. The concentration of Nitrogen (134.09 Kg/ha. to 228.08 Kg/ha.), Phosphorus (43.02 Kg/ha. to 78.04 Kg/ha.) and Potassium (8.16 Kg/ha. to 20.01 Kg/ha.) has been found to be in good amount in the soil samples. The consumption of fertilizers is as important a factor as their production. There should be appropriate balance in the consumption of different fertilizer nutrients.

S. No. Parameter S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 1. pH (at 25 0C) 7.89 8.23 7.08 7.98 7.80 8.00 8.25 8.11 2. Conductivity ( mS/cm) 0.398 0.349 0.324 0.302 0.390 0.297 0.342 0.320 3. Soil Texture Silty Loam Silty Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Silty Loam 4. Colour Yellowish

Brown Yellowish

Brown Brownish Brownish Brownish Brownish Brownish Yellowish

Brown 5. Water holding capacity (%) 29.82 32.19 26.3 28.02 30.01 30.19 26.54 27.6 6. Bulk density ( gm/cc) 1.34 1.33 1.54 1.46 1.50 1.48 1.46 1.49 7. Chloride as Cl (mg/kg) 34.78 23.08 23.44 34.02 43.02 34.29 43.01 38.18 8. Calcium as Ca (mg/kg) 12.09 19.78 20.76 28.18 32.09 29.88 23.88 29.88 9. Sodium as Na (mg/100gm) 28.03 32.10 13.09 30.00 12.06 39.01 29.87 18.09

10. Potassium as K (kg/hec.) 13.28 20.01 14.38 7.09 13.10 9.20 8.16 10.28 11. Organic Matter (%) 0.89 0.86 0.68 0.68 0.88 0.79 0.65 0.80 12. Magnesium as Mg (mg/100gm) 9.80 10.66 9.50 12.10 14.37 11.80 12.22 7.18 13 Available Nitrogen as N (kg. /hec.) 210.79 228.08 155.04 176.80 187.05 134.09 149.09 167.03 14 Available Phosphorus (kg. /hec.) 65.04 78.04 58.10 43.02 56.78 68.47 48.09 58.90 15. Zinc (mg/100gm) 4.30 3.42 4.03 2.20 3.10 3.20 2.08 3.22 16. Manganese as Mn (mg/100gm) 2.10 2.08 2.10 1.09 1.98 1.11 2.90 1.08 17. Chromium as Cr (mg/100gm) 0.98 1.00 0.76 0.87 0.87 0.87 0.78 0.78 18. Lead as Pb (mg/100gm) 0.47 0.76 0.45 0.56 0.43 0.56 0.50 0.40 19. Cadmium as Cd (mg/100gm) 1.03 0.65 0.83 0.54 0.67 0.90 0.49 1.03 20. Copper as Cu (mg/100gm) 4.30 2.09 2.22 2.01 2.10 3.19 2.10 3.28



Table 3.24 Physico-chemical Properties of Soil (November to December, 2016)

(Source: Vardan enviroLab ) Interpretation The analysis results show that soil is basic in nature as pH value ranges from 7.45 - 8.17 with organic matter 0.62%-0.85%. The concentration of Nitrogen (140.87 Kg/ha. to 223.08 Kg/ha.), Phosphorus (52.13 Kg/ha. to 72.40 Kg/ha.) and Potassium (9.8 Kg/ha. to 24.18 Kg/ha.) has been found to be in good amount in the soil samples. The consumption of fertilizers is as important a factor as their production. There should be appropriate balance in the consumption of different fertilizer nutrients. The appropriate NPK ratio under Indian soil conditions is stated to be 4:2:1 (National Academy of Agricultural Sciences, 2009). Soil Quality data attached as Annexure-IX.

S. No. Parameter S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 1. pH (at 25 0C) 7.93 8.10 7.54 7.45 8.05 8.07 8.14 8.17 2. Conductivity ( mS/cm) 0.378 0.367 0.306 0.287 0.363 0.312 0.312 0.339 3. Soil Texture Silty Loam Silty Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Silty Loam 4. Colour Yellowish

Brown Yellowish

Brown Brownish Brownish Brownish Brownish Brownish Yellowish Brown

5. Water holding capacity (%) 27.65 29.08 25.43 25.44 31.60 32.80 23.05 34.09 6. Bulk density ( gm/cc) 1.32 1.25 1.54 1.37 1.37 1.36 1.29 1.47 7. Chloride as Cl (mg/kg) 32.18 29.80 28.09 23.16 35.90 34.29 48.09 33.97 8. Calcium as Ca (mg/kg) 18.90 15.43 19.65 28.18 19.05 43.70 14.42 23.15 9. Sodium as Na (mg/100gm) 23.66 34.01 20.53 20.05 8.26 26.53 32.90 12.05

10. Potassium as K (kg/hec.) 12.55 24.18 14.38 13.40 19.03 9.80 9.80 19.84 11. Organic Matter (%) 0.85 0.82 0.64 0.65 0.75 0.71 0.62 0.73 12. Magnesium as Mg (mg/100gm) 11.85 6.50 5.40 10.76 11.48 6.70 4.47 4.05 13 Available Nitrogen as N (kg. /hec.) 223.08 213.49 143.08 188.06 174.08 140.87 169.70 179.65 14 Available Phosphorus (kg. /hec.) 60.74 67.20 52.13 60.05 67.22 72.40 55.49 55.02 15. Zinc (mg/100gm) 4.94 3.90 3.43 1.09 3.97 4.44 3.17 3.05 16. Manganese as Mn (mg/100gm) 1.86 1.50 1.77 2.15 2.06 1.03 1.86 1.23 17. Chromium as Cr (mg/100gm) 0.90 0.89 0.787 0.84 0.56 0.45 0.45 0.11 18. Lead as Pb (mg/100gm) 0.37 0.58 0.58 0.72 0.29 0.38 0.18 0.23 19. Cadmium as Cd (mg/100gm) 1.18 0.90 0.89 0.50 0.42 0.49 0.33 0.46 20. Copper as Cu (mg/100gm) 3.65 2.56 2.01 2.65 1.77 1.98 2.18 5.80



Figure 3.13: Map Showing Soil Sampling Location



3.11 Biological Environment The baseline study was conducted for the evaluation of the floral and faunal biodiversity of the terrestrial environment of the study area (10Km radius). 3.11.1 Methodology for Terrestrial Ecology The primary objective of survey was to describe the floral and faunal communities within the study area. The sampling plots for floral inventory were selected randomly in the suitable habitats (Anderson, 1867; Jain and Rao, 1983). The methodology adopted for faunal survey involve random survey, opportunistic observations, diurnal bird observation, active search for reptiles, faunal habitat assessment, active search for scats and foot prints, animal call, and review of previous studies. The aim was to set baselines in order to monitor and identify trends after the commissioning of the mining activity. Emphasis has been placed on presence of endemic species, threatened species if any present in the study area. Desktop literature review was conducted to indentify the representative spectrum of threatened species, population and ecological communities listed by IUCN, WCMC, ZSI, BSI and Indian Wild life Protection Act, 1972 (Bentham and Hooker, 1862-1883; Hunter, 1879; Dixit, 1984; Ghosh et al., 2004; Lushington, 1915; Wilson and Reeder, 1993; BirdLife International, 2000; BirdLife International, 2004a, b; Wilson and Reeder, 2005; BirdLife International, 2010; Kumar and Srivastava, 2012; Kumar, 2013; Kumar et al., 2013; Kumar and Aggarwal, 2013a,b). The status of individual species was assessed using the revised IUCN/SSC category system (WCMC, 1988; IUCN, 1994; WCMC, 2000; IUCN, 2001, 2003, 2008, 2010). 3.11.2 Terrestrial Floral and Faunal Components of the Study Area Most of villages in the study area are engaged in crop cultivation like wheat and paddy, while other part, the people are engaged in farming of major crop viz. Sugar cane. The tree cover in the study area is scanty restricted only in the habituated areas of the village and few along the boundary of the agricultural fields and road sides. Some people are engaged in poultry farming while many people are engaged in domestic animal for milk production like Buffalo and cows. 3.11.3 Floral Diversity of the Study Area The objective of this floral inventory of the study area, is to provide necessary information on floristic structure in the study area for formulating effective management and conservation measures. The climatic, edaphic and biotic variations with their complex interrelationship and composition of species, which are adapted to these variations, have resulted in different vegetation cover, characteristic of each region (Ohasi, 1975). The tree species, herbs, shrubs, climbers and major crops, were documented during this base line study (Jain, 1968; 1991). Trees: The dominant trees in the study area are Azadirachta indica, Acacia nilotica, Mangifera indica, Aegle marmelos, Ailanthus excels, Ziziphus mauritiana. Total 18 species of trees belong to 12 families are enumerated from the study area.

Table 3.25 Trees in the Study area S.No. Scientific name Family name Vernacular Name

1. Acacia nilotica Mimosaceae Babool 2. Aegle marmelos Rutaceae Bel 3. Ailanthus excelsa Simaroubaceae Maha neem 4. Albizzia chinensis Fabaceae Siris 5. Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Neem 6. Bauhinia variegata Caesalpiniaceae Kachnar 7. Cassia fistula Caesalpiniaceae 8. Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae Sissoo



9. Delonix regia Fabaceae Gulmohar 10. Emblica offcinalis Euphorbiaceae Aavla 11. Ficus bengalensis Moraceae Bad 12. Ficus religiosa Moraceae Peepal 13. Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae Aam 14. Syzigium cumini Myrtaceae Jaamun 15. Tamarindus indica Fabaceae Imli 16. Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae Koha 17. Terminalia bellirica Combretaceae Bahera 18. Ziziphus mauritiana Rhamnaceae Ber

Shrubs: Shrubs encountered during the present survey are given in the Table 3.25. Total 15 shrub species belong to 12 families are enumerated from the study area. The dominant shrub community seen in this area are Adhatoda vasica, Achyranthes aspera, Calotropis procera, Lantana camara & Sida acuta. The shrubs observed in the study area are given in the table 3.26.

Table 3.26.: List of Shrubs in the Study Area

S.No. Scientific Name Family Vernacular Name 1. Adhatoda vasica Acanthaceae Adusa 2. Achyranthes aspera Amarantaceae Chirchira 3. Calotropis procera Asclepiadaceae Aak 4. Ipomoea aquatica Convolvulaceae Besharam 5. Jatropa curcas Euphorbiaceae Ratanjot 6. Cassia tora Fabaceae - 7. Crotalaria juncea Fabaceae Bansan 8. Sida acuta Malvaceae Kareta 9. Sida cordifolia Malvaceae Mamaas 10. Nyctanthes arbortristis Oleaceae Harsingar 11. Arbus prectatorius Papilionaceae Gumchi 12. Helicteres isora Sterculiaceae Marorfali 13. Lantana camara Verbenaceae Lentana 14. Vitex negundo Verbenaceae Nirguda 15. Tribulus terrestris Zygophylaceae Gokhru

Herbs: The herbaceous cover observed in this region is given in the table 3.27. The most of the undergrowth was dried up, except near water logged regions and along the periphery of the village ponds. Total 20 species belongs to 09 family were recorded from the study area.

Table 3.27: List of Herbaceous species observed in the study area

S.No. Scientific name Family name Vernacular Name

1. Andrographis paniculata Acanthaceae - 2. Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae Chirchira 3. Ageratum conyzoides Asteraceae - 4. Parthenium hystophorus Asteraceae Gajar ghas 5. Vernonia cinerea Asteraceae - 6. Chenopodium album Chinopodiaceae Bathua 7. Croton bonplandianum Euphorbiaceae -



8. Senna tora Fabaceae - 9. Abutilon indicum Malvaceae Kanghi 10. Apluda mutica Poaceae Phular 11. Coix lacryma-jobi Poaceae Garu 12. Cynodon dactylon Poaceae Doob 13. Cynodon dactylon Poaceae Dub ghas 14. Imperata cylindrica Poaceae Cheer 15. Phragmites karka Poaceae Naal 16. Saccharum Spontaneum Poaceae Kaans 17. Sorghum halepense Poaceae Baaru 18. Themeda caudata Poaceae Gunhar 19. Vetiveria zizanioides Poaceae Khus 20. Solanum nigrnum Solanaceae Makoy

3.11.4 Cultivated Plants in the Study Area The prevalent cropping systems of this area are the cumulative results of past and present decisions by individuals; these decisions are usually based on experience, tradition, expected profit, personal preferences and resources, and so on. The crop occupying the highest percentage of the sown area of this region is taken as the major crop and all other possible alternative crops which are sown in this region either as substitutes of the base crop in the same season or as the crops which fit in the rotation in the subsequent season, are considered as minor crop. a. Major Crops: Major crops in the study area are Sugar cane (Saccharum officinarum), Wheat (Triticum aestivum), Paddy (Oryza sativa), Maize (Zea mays) and Barley (Hordeum vulgare). Mainly people of this area are depends on vegetable crops and sugar cane. b. Minor crops: The minor crops of this region are Mustard (Brassica campestris var.), Green gram (Vigna radiate), Sesamum (Sesamum inicum), Pigeon Pea (Punica granatum) Jowar (Sorghum bicolar) and Black Gram (Vigna mungo). c. Major horticultural crops: Aam (Mangifera indica L.), Papaya (Carica papaya L.), Banana (Musa Paradisiaca L.), Lime (Citrus aurantifolia), Guava (Psidium guajava), Jack-fruit (Artocarpus heterophyllus), Jamun (Ziziphus mauritiana) and Aonla (Phyllanthus emblica). Rare and Endangered Flora in the Study Area: The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity. Out of 17000 species of higher plants known to occur in India, nearly 614 higher plant species were evaluated by IUCN. Among them 247 species are under threatened category (IUCN, 2008). Among the enumerated flora in the study area, none of them were assigned any threat category by Red data book of Indian Plants (Jain and Sastry, 1984; Nayar and Sastry, 1987; 1988; 1990; Oldfield et al., 1998; Kholia and Bhakuni, 2009) and Red list of threatened Vascular plants (IUCN, 2010). Endemic Plants of the Study Area: De Candolle (1855), Swiss botanist, first used the concept of Endemic, which is defined as an area of a taxonomic unit, especially a species which has a restricted distribution or habitat, isolated from its surrounding region through geographical, ecological or temporal



barriers. Out of 17000 species of known flowering plants of India nearly 5000 species are said to be endemic. Nearly 58 genera and 1932 taxa are found to be endemic to peninsular India (Nayar, 1980; Ahmedullah and Nayar, 1986; 1987; Jain 1992; Nayar, 1996; Vijaya Shankar et al., 2005; Nautiyal et al., 2009a,b; Shendage et al., 2010). Among recorded plant species none can be assigned the status of endemic plant of this region.

Status of the Forest, their Category in Study Area: No forest was observed in the study area except few scrub land and grazing lands with thin vegetation cover. 3.11.5 Faunal Biodiversity of Study Area Avifauna: The sighting of bird species was very lass during the study period during study. The most commonly spotted bird species of this area were; Cattle Egret, Intermediate Egret, Black-winged Stilt, Red-wattled Lapwing, Rock Pigeon, Eurasian Collared-Dove, Spotted Dove, Chestnut-headed Bee-eater, Bank Myna and Common Myna. Only one Indian Peafowl was observed which is listed as schedule –I as per IWPA, 1972. Total 1,224 bird species reliably recorded from India, together with their status categories. In total there are 1219 extant native species including migrants and vagrants (but excluding 3 species now known to be extinct in the country and 2 introduced species). There are 923 breeding species (911 residents, plus 12 suspected residents). IUCN evaluated 1254 bird species from India and categorized 77 species as threatened (13 species as critically endangered, 10 species as Endangered and 54 species as Vulnerable). No one sighted birds were evaluated as near threatened by IUCN, 2010 and BirdLife International, 2010. A taxon is Near Threatened, when it has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically Endangered, Endangered or Vulnerable categories, but is close to qualifying or is likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future.

Table 3.28: Systematic List of Birds in the Study Area with Its Distribution and Migratory Status

S.No. Scientific name Family name Vernacular Name

1. Milvus migrans Accipitridae Cheel 2. Accipiter badius Accipitridae Shikra 3. Francolinus pondicerianus Phasianidae Kaala Teetar 4. Cotuenix coturnix Phasianidae Bater 5. Francolinus pictus Phasianidae Kaala Teetar 6. Columba livia Collumbidae Kabootar 7. Cuculus varius Cuculidae Papeeha 8. Eudynamys scolopaceae Cuculidae Koel 9. Bubo bubo Stricidae Ullu 10. Coracias benghalensis Coracidae Neelkanth 11. Picoides manrattensis Picidae Kathfoda 12. Corvus macrorhynchos Corvidae Jungli Kauva 13. Passer domesticus Ploeidae Gaureya

Herpetofauna: Frog and toad were sighted during the study period during study. The reptiles’ document in the region is given in the table 3.29.



Table 3.29: Reptiles and Amphibian in the Study Area

S.No. Scientific name Family name Vernacular Name Schedule

1. Bufo bufo* Bufonidae Toad - 2. Calotes versicolor Agamidae Garden Lizard - 3. Hemidactylus flaviviridis Gekkonidae House Gecko - 4. Rana tigrina Ranidae Medhak IV 5. Naja naja* Elapidae Indian Cobra II 6. Bungarus caeruleus* Elapidae Common krait IV

*Not sighted but included as per the secondary information from the villagers. Mammals: The wild mammals observed other than the domesticated ones are given in the table below.

Table 3.30 Mammals in Study area S.No. Scientific name Family name Vernacular Name Schedule

1. Macaca mulatta Circopthecidae Bandar II 2. Suncus murinus Tupaiidae Chuchundar - 3. Herpestes edwardsi Herpestidae Nevla II 4. Funambulus pennantii Sciuridae Gilhari IV 5. Bandicota bengalensis Muridae Chooha IV 6. Rattus rattus Muridae Chooha IV 7. Hystrix indica Hystricidae Saahi IV 8. Lepus nigricollis Lepouidae Khargosh IV

9. Boselaphus tragocamelus Antilopinae Blue Bull III Rare and Endangered Fauna of Study Area: The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity. IUCN, (2008) has evaluated 1976 animal species from India, among them 313 have in recognized as threatened species. Among them one species is considered as extinct, while 44 species are in critically endangered (CR) category, 88 is in endangered category (EN), while 181 is considered as vulnerable (VU). Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide for the protection of wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto with a view to ensuring the ecological and environmental security of the country. Some of the sighted fauna was given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 by including them in different schedules. Endemic Fauna of the Study Area: None of the sighted animal species can be assigned endemic species category of the study area. 3.12 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT Any developmental activity exerts a direct impact on the socio-economic environment of the region. Usually, the beneficial impacts such as better job opportunities, improved education, communication, energy, housing, health, transportation facilities etc. outweighs the adverse impacts. The study of socio-economic component of environment is incorporating various facets, viz. demographic structure, availability of basic amenities such as housing, education, health and medical services, occupation, water supply, sanitation, communication and power supply, prevailing diseases in the region as well as

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bufonidae



features such as places of tourist attraction and monuments of archaeological importance. The study of these parameters helps in identifying predicting and evaluating the likely impacts due to project activity in the surrounding region. M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. has proposed to produce drugs (30 TPM) at Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh. The proposed project site is Drug Manufacturing Unit located in the notified industrial estate and falls in Category 5(f)-B (Project is in Notified Industrial Area (Hapur Industrial Area Phase I) of Environment Impact Assessment Notification 14th September 2006 and its subsequent amendments. Baseline data such as demographic pattern, occupational status, educational, health and other amenities as existing in the study area have been studied. 3.12.1 Baseline Status: The latest available data has been complied to generate the existing socio-economic scenario of the study area. Information on socio-economic profile was collected from the Primary Census Abstract CD 2011 including the population details of the region. The Socio-Economic Status of the study areas is mentioned below and the villages surveyed are enlisted in Table 3.31. Village: The basic unit for rural areas is the revenue village which has definite surveyed boundaries. The revenue village may comprise of one or more hamlets but the entire village is treated as one unit for presentation of data. Study Area: The study area was defined as an area within 10 km radius around the proposed project site. Total 71 villages are coming within the 10 km radius of the study area. All the villages are from Dhaulana, Hapur and Razapur Tehsil of Ghaziabad District and Dadri and Bisrakh Tehsil of Gautam Buddh Nagar District of Uttar Pradesh State. Brief Profile of the District Present Ghaziabad city was established by Ghaziuddin, a minister of emperor Muhammad Shah in the year 1740. On his name it was named Ghaziuddin Nagar, which later on changed into Ghaziabad. The district of Ghaziabad came into existence on 14th November 1976. It was formed out of the areas of the old undivided districts, Meerut and Bulandshahr. Location and Size : District Ghaziabad is situated in the western part of the state. It is situated between the parallels of latitude 28o26’ to 28o55’ north and longitude 77o12’east. It is bounded on the east by district Moradabad and on the west by the state of Delhi and are separated by the rivers of Ganga and Yamuna in the east and west respectively. In the north the district of Meerut and the southern boundary extends to the district of Bulandshahr and Gautam Buddha Nagar. The length of the district from east to west is nearly 88 km and maximum breadth from north to south is nearly 51km. The geographical area of the district is 1179 sq.km. Physiography: The district Ghaziabad is a part of Northern Upper Ganga Plain. The district is a level plain having low lands known as khaddar in the east of the Yamuna and the west of the Ganga Rivers, the area lying in between rivers Ganga and Kali Nadi, Doab area of the Kali Nadi and Hindan river and area lying in between Hindan and Yamuna rivers. Demographic Structure: Demographic structure of the study area was estimated for the selected parameters as households, population, sex ratio, scheduled caste, scheduled tribes, literacy from primary census abstract, CD 2011 of Uttar Pradesh State. The summarized demographic structure of the study area is presented in Table 3.32, while the details of the parameters of demographic structure of the villages coming within 3 Km, 3-5 Km, 5-7 Km and 7-10 Km wise within the 10 Km radius are shown in Table 3.33. The percentage of Scheduled caste and Scheduled Tribes is presented in Figure 3.34. 3.12.2 Demographic Profile of Villages Total area in hectares of the study area is 25559.71. Total number of households is about 48792. Total population of villages under the study area is 306071 out of which having males are 163700 (53.48%)



and females are 142371 (46.51%). The average family size is about 6.2 persons per family. Density of population i.e the number of people living per unit of an area (e.g. per square mile); is about 1197 persons per square mile in the rural area of the study area. Sex ratio (No. of females per 1000 males) is 869 which indicates that females are less in number than their male counterpart in the study area. Out of the total population, the population of children within the age of 0-6 age-group is about 54348 (17.75%). Child Sex ratio is 855 i.e no.of female child per 1000 male child. Scheduled caste population is 44113 (14.41%) and Scheduled tribes population is very negligible about 0.05% in the area. Scheduled Tribe population can be seen only in Dasna Dehat village of Dhaulana Tehsil of Ghaziabad district and Dhoom village of DadriTehsil of Gautam Buddh Nagar District of Uttar Pradesh. Out of the total population in the region i.e. 60.01% are literates among them 60.72% are male literates and only 39.27 % are female literates. It can be inferred from the data collected that the study area is densely populated and the adult female population both adult and female child is lower as compared to the adult male population. Occupational Pattern/ Economic Resource Base Work has been defined as participation in any economically productive activity. Such participation may be physical or mental. Persons on leave and under training are also treated as workers. However, rent receivers and pensioners are not treated as workers. Total Workers: Occupational pattern of the villages within 10 Km is presented in Table 3.35. Occupational pattern of any region mainly depends upon its economically active group i.e. the working populations involved in different economically productive activities. The total workers further categorized as main worker, marginal and the non-working population. The workers coming under the main and marginal workers category are cultivators, agricultural labors and those engaged in live stock, forestry, fishing, hunting, and plantations, orchards and allied activities, manufacturing, processing, servicing and repairs in household industry, construction trade and commerce, transport, storage and communication, and other services. Different types of workers in total worker population may be classified and described below while presented in Figure 3.36. Main Workers: Main workers are those who have worked for a major part of the year (i.e. at least six months or 183 days). Main activity of a person who was engaged in more than one activity was reckoned in terms of time disposition. Out of the total population 71156 i.e 23.24% are comes under the main worker category. Main workers are further classified into 4 categories viz., cultivators, agricultural laborers and household workers and other main workers Cultivators: For purposes of the Census a person is classified as cultivator if he or she is engaged in cultivation on land owned or held from government or held from private persons or for payment in money, kind or share. The person who is engaged either as employer, single worker or family worker in cultivation of land is recognized as a cultivator. Cultivation involves ploughing, sowing, harvesting and production of cereals and millet crops such as wheat, paddy, jowar, bajra, ragi, etc., and other crops such as sugarcane, tobacco, ground-nuts, tapioca, etc., and pulses, raw jute and kindred fiber crop, cotton, cinchona and other medicinal plants, fruit growing, vegetable growing or keeping orchards or groves, etc. Cultivation does not include the following plantation crops–tea, coffee, rubber, coconut and betel-nuts (areca). Maximum populations in the study area are engaged as Cultivators’i.e depended on agriculture. The cultivator population in the project site area is about 14970 (21.03%). Agricultural Laborers: Persons working on land owned by others for wages or share in the yield have been treated as agricultural laborers. Out of the total main worker category agricultural laborers population is about 10.53%.



Laborers in Household Industry: The laborers engaged in household activity are quite low in all the study area. Among the total main workers very few population are engaged in household activity i.e 3682 (5.77 %). Other Workers: All main workers i.e. those who have been engaged in some economic activity during the last one year and who are neither cultivators nor agricultural laborers or household industry workers are classified as other main workers. The type of workers that come under this category includes factory workers, plantation workers, those in trade, commerce, business, transport, construction, political or social works, all government servants, municipal employees, teachers, priests, entertainers, artists etc. The other worker category is very higher in the region which includes 63.25% population from main worker category in the region. Marginal Workers: Marginal workers are those who have worked any time in the year for less than six months or 183 days but have not worked for a major part of the year. The population of marginal workers within the project site comprises of about 8.04 % of the total population. Non-Workers: Non-Workers are those who have not worked any time at all in the year. Non-workers constitute householders, students, dependents, retired persons etc. The economy of the study area is primarily based on agriculture. The agriculture sector has thus absorbed a major portion of the working force. The categories of main workers, marginal workers & non workers are complementary to each other. Therefore, in areas where the proportion of main workers & marginal workers are high, the proportion of non workers would be naturally low. At present main workers category outweighs the marginal and non workers in the study area. The proportion of female main worker population is high as compared to their male worker counterpart because in general rural areas offer more opportunities for men & women to work in agriculture & animal husbandry etc. In view of the labor intensive nature of agricultural economy, a large number of women are required to participate in work especially during the peak seasons of agricultural operations like sowing & harvesting which are to be carried out in a short span of time covering large areas in each village. It is being observed that 68.71% populations are unemployed in villages coming within the project site. Infrastructure resource base in Study Area The infrastructure resource base available in the villages within the study area with reference to education, medical facility, water supply, post, telegraph & telephone facility, marketing facility, approach roads, transportation & communication, banking & credit societies etc. have been abstracted from Village Directory 2011 of Uttar Pradesh state and is described below and the summary of villages having different facilities are given in Table below. Educational Facility: The numbers of educational institution in the study area are primary schools (65), middle school (82), and Secondary schools (16) and 14 senior secondary schools and Arts and Commerce college in Dadri village. In some villages it is extended to high schools. For further studies people have to avail the facility from the nearest town i.e. Dhaulana, Dadri and Ghaziabad. Medical Facility: Medical institutions in rural parts of the region are inadequate, as per the data recorded in the village amenities CD there is Primary health Centre only in 3 villages’ i.e Dhaulana, Pyawali Tajpur and Dujana village. Primary health sub-centre is in 18 villages, Maternal Child Welfare Centre in 5 villages and Dispensary in 2 villages. People generally prefer private hospitals because of the inadequate and poor facilities at government hospitals and mostly travel to the nearest town for better treatment.



Sanitation & Drainage Facility: Sanitation facility is poor in the villages of the study area. Villages only have the open drainage system available in 64 villages while the closed drainage system is available only in 4 villages. Communication Facility: Communication facility is available in the form of Post office is available in 7 villages and telephone connections are available in 63 villages of the study area. At the present time most of the villagers have mobile phones for communication. Transportation Facilty: Public Bus Service is the main mode of transportation available in 19 villages while 2 villages Masuri and Dasna Dehat of Dadri tehsil have Railway facility. Approach Road: Pucca roads are available in 63 villages while Kuccha road is available in 56 villages. This shows that the approach roads are available in all the villages which makes easier to travel to long distances. Power Supply: Electricity is available for domestic in 69 villages of the study area but is available for only 8-10 hours a day. Electricity is available for agriculture purpose in 71 villages The distribution of amenities Tehsilwise as per the data of Village Amenities 2011 is given below:

Agriculture and Crop Pattern: Land surface of the district Ghaziabad is made of the fertile soil brought by the rivers the Ganga and the Yamuna for thousand years. Ghaziabad is an agrarian district. The district is agriculturally well development with extensive cultivation and availability of extensive irrigation facilities. There are three harvests in the district-Rabi (Spring), Kharif (Autumn) and Zaid (Summer). Main crops of the Rabi are wheat gram, pea and Barley while in the Kharif harvests, main crops sown are Paddy, Jowar and Bajra. Wheat is the chief crop of the district followed by sugarcane, and Vegetables are other crops and grown



in the district. Agriculture department looks after the problems of the farmers. They provide training on improved seeds, modern method of cultivation and modern technology. Cultural and Aesthetic Attributes As such no culturally and aesthetically important places are located within the 10 kms radius of the study area. 3.12.3 Socio-economic Survey: In order to access and evaluate likely impacts arising out of any development projects on socio economic environment, it is necessary to gauge the apprehensions of the people in the study areas. Methodology applied for selection of sample & data collection The methodology which is applied for primary source of data collection i.e. gathering data through field survey for socio-economic environment is depicted below: A Sampling Method A judgmental and purposive sampling method was used for choosing respondents of various sections of the society i.e. Sarpanch, adult males and females, teachers, medical practitioners, businessmen, agriculture laborers, unemployed group etc. Judgmental and purposive sampling method includes the right cases from the total population that helps to fulfill the purpose of research needs. B Data Collection Method For the process of data collection through primary source certain methods are used among that are: Field Survey and Observations Field survey and observations is made at each sampling village and the socioeconomic status of that region is studied. Visits are made at hospitals, primary health centers and sub-centers to know the health status of the region. Various governmental organizations such as statistical department, department of census operations are visited to collect the population details of that region. Interview Method Structured interview method is used to collect data regarding the awareness and opinion from the samples selected of the various socio- economic sections of the community. Structured interviews involve the use of a set of predeterprojectd questions that includes fixed and alternative questions. The questionnaire mainly highlights the parameters such as income, employment and working conditions, housing, food, water supply, sanitation, health, energy, transportation and communication, education, environment and pollution to assess the standard of living of that particular region and general awareness, opinion and expectation of the respondents about the proposed project. Interview method helps to collect more correct and accurate information as the interviewer is present during the field survey. Socio-economic survey was conducted in the villages within the study areas located in all directions from the project site. The respondents were asked for their awareness / opinion about the existing masonary stone quarry and also of their opinion about the impacts of the masonary stone quarry which are an important aspect of socio-economic environment, viz. job opportunities, education, health care, housing, transportation facility and economic status. The salient observations recorded during socio economic survey in the study areas are depicted below:

• Livelihood of the villagers is primarily based on agriculture sector. Majority of main workforce are engaged as other activity such as laborers in Industries or other agricultural land

• Majority of workers are practicing farming activities without any irrigation source, it means that area under irrigation is very low and maximum area is covered by unirrigated land



• Most of the villages have Primary School (PS) while in some villages it is extended up to Middle School (MS). While for further education villagers go to the town places.

• The main source of drinking water supply is through tap, dug well, bore well & hand pump. But majority of respondents expressed unsatisfactory opinion regarding the availability of drinking water facility i.e. Scarcity of drinking water is a major problem in the surveyed villages

• The Government medical facilities in the form of primary health sub- centre and private medical reprsentatives are available in the villages. Villagers expressed positive opinion regarding the facilities available at the centre. ANM (Auxiliary Nurse Midwife) frequently visits all the villages and regular vaccination and health checkup camps are organized by the health centre .

• Two wheelers, auto rickshaws & bus facility are the main mode of transportation used by natives in the study area.

• Power supply is available in mostly all the sampling villages. Street lights are also available in all villages but frequent power cut/ load shedding problem is experienced by the people in the area.

• Wood, kerosene and LPG gas is a major fuel used for cooking purpose. • Availability of Post office and banking facilities in the surveyed villages. • Majority of surveyed population opted positive response regarding the proposed project

activities as most of the local population will be given preference in employment and the activity will help in development of auxiliary as well as ancillary jobs in the region.

Details of Employment Requirement S. No. Categories No. of Personnel

1 Chemist 2 2 Manager/Accountant 2 3 Supervisor 2 4 Skilled labour 6 5 Semi Skilled Labour 6 6 Unskilled Helper 15

Total 33

Figure 3.14 Bar diagram representing the ratio of population in the study area

869

855

Study Area

Sex Ratio

Child Sex Ratio



Figure 3.15 Literacy rate of the Study Area

Figure 3.16 Occupational Pattern of the Study Area

Table 3.31 List of the villages for field survey of socio-economic environment

Table 3.32 Summarized demographic stucture of the study area

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Male Literates Female Literates

60.72

39.27

Literates

S. No. Villages Direction from the Project Site 1. Hasanpur S 2. Dehra E 3. Chauna SE 4. Pyawali Tajpur S 5. Dujana W 6. Masuri NW 7. Jindal Nagar N

21.03

10.535.77

63.25

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Study Area

Cultivators

Agriculture Laborers

Household Laborers

Other Workers



S.No. Parameter Study Area 1. No. of District 2 2. No. of Villages 71 3. Household 48792 4. Household Ratio 6.2 5. Total Population 306071 6. Male Population 163700(53.48%) 7. Female Population 142371(46.51) 8. Population (0-6 Years.)% 54348(17.75) 9. Sex Ratio 869 10. Child Sex Ratio 855 11. Scheduled Caste % 44113(14.41) 12. Scheduled Tribes % 154(0.05) 13. Literates % 183677(60.01) 14. Main Workers % 71156(23.24) 15. Marginal Workers % 24611(8.04) 16. Non-Workers % 210304(68.71)

Source: PCA Census 2011, Ghaziabad & Gautam Buddh Nagar District, Uttar Pradesh State

Table 3.33 Demographic Structure of the Study area S. No. Villages Households Total

Population Population (0-6 Years)

Scheduled Caste

Scheduled Tribes

Literates

Uttar Pradesh State Ghaziabad District Dhaulana Tehsil

1. Dehra 2030 14501 3561 449 0 6274 2. Jadopur 157 1059 209 536 0 564 3. Amapur Lodha 24 83 19 8 0 22 4. Naglaudairampur 240 1638 289 24 0 1085 5. Hasanpur Lodha 572 3464 536 656 0 2344 6. Daulatpur Dhikari 303 1780 279 621 0 1198 7. Nidhauli 376 2294 393 937 0 1354 8. Kakrana 662 3713 620 667 0 2381 9. Dhaulana 2218 14060 2488 2944 24 8318 10. Nandpur 300 1878 292 228 0 1169 11. Basatpur 375 2308 389 345 0 1440 12. Shaulana 577 3446 503 372 0 2472 13. Lalpur 554 3897 823 451 0 2035 14. Bajhera Khurd 764 4613 782 197 0 2734 15. Haval 375 2436 608 0 0 1078 16. Mubarikpur

Badarkha 68 389 72 389 0 228

17. Kandola 628 3764 553 556 0 2527 18. Piplehda 1696 11391 2547 682 0 5490 19. Lakhan 477 2696 438 316 0 1737 20. Chhajarsi

Kuleechnagar 516 3108 441 617 0 2168



21. Gironi 0 0 0 0 0 0 22. Khera 1547 9056 1547 2386 0 6051 23. Ibrahimpur

Tasauli 3 16 3 0 0 11

Total 14462 91590 17392 13381 24 52680 Razapur Tehsil

24. Partapur 745 4339 738 1114 0 2679 25. Masuri 3466 22934 4815 1170 0 12533 26. Nahal 2613 18295 4132 652 0 8290 27. Samaypur 162 960 190 605 0 685 28. Karim Nagar

Katiyar Urf Akalpu 96 577 97 189 0 344

29. Nig Rayati 242 1425 293 173 0 764 30. Muhiddinpur

Dabarsi 933 6956 1597 64 0 3404

31. Nidori 670 4651 1013 409 0 1784 32. Masauta 273 1696 282 180 0 1149 33. Sadat Nagar Ikla 432 2600 398 642 0 1748 34. Raghunath Pur 282 1480 221 266 0 1034 35. Dinanathpur Puthi 454 2490 392 507 0 1493 36. Inayatpur 235 1274 190 242 0 885 37. Arifpur 21 128 14 0 0 87 38. Dasna Dehat 6883 43722 7281 10431 39 26191 39. Didwari 240 1209 123 38 0 977 40. Kushaliya 923 5510 954 880 0 3177

Total 18670 120246 22730 17562 39 67224 Dadri Tehsil

41. Sadipur Chhidoli 416 2748 619 188 0 1349 42. Islamabad Kalda 177 1135 178 16 0 806 43. Bambawad 705 4850 759 399 0 3319 44. Akalpur Jagir 209 1434 286 17 0 1037 45. Mahamvad 409 2479 366 408 0 1728 46. Kudi Khera 333 1978 289 150 0 1432 47. Chak Sidipur 0 0 0 0 0 0 48. Chauna 398 2407 343 616 0 1627 49. Sidipur 309 1737 272 775 0 1064 50. Tatarpur 264 1575 246 204 0 1121 51. Uncha Amirpur 585 3264 549 499 0 2150 52. Khangoda 464 2708 462 175 0 1652 53. Iradatpur Urf

Rajatpur 125 790 110 51 0 531

54. Jaitwapur Navarpur 339 2026 341 0 0 1310

55. Pyawali Tajpur 735 4602 727 2026 0 3073 56. Tamolipur 7 47 7 0 0 26 57. Bisahda 1167 6669 975 770 0 4397 58. Sadhopur 638 3729 485 210 0 2669 59. Dhoom Manikpur 1803 10388 1467 2165 90 7113



60. Ranoli Latifpur 447 2878 448 308 0 1890 61. Rasoolpur Dasana 319 1717 243 290 0 1225 62. Salarpur Kalan 477 3022 493 609 0 1973 63. Dadupur Khatana 157 936 124 37 0 661

Total 10483 63119 9789 9913 90 42153 Bisrakh Tehsil

64. Girdharpur Sunarasi 273 1719 294 167 0 1197

65. Duriyai 483 2846 355 669 0 2121 66. Talabpur Urf

Hathipur 113 664 78 0 0 482

67. Bisnoli 572 3419 446 615 0 2421 68. Achheja 853 4876 690 453 1 3346 69. Kachheda

Warsabad 789 4855 678 268 0 3355

70. Dujana 1494 9021 1415 636 0 6063 71. Ibadullapur Urf

Badalpur 600 3716 481 449 0 2635

Total 5177 31116 4437 3257 1 21620 Grand Total 48792 306071 54348 44113 154 183677

Table 3.34 Occupational Structure of the study area

S. No.

Villages Total Main

Workers

Main Workers Marginal Workers

Non-Workers Cultivators Agricultural

Laborers Household Laborers

Other Workers

Ghaziabad District DhaulanaTehsil

1. Dehra 2553 621 282 179 1471 832 11116 2. Jadopur 339 64 89 83 103 49 671 3. Amapur Lodha 4 1 3 0 0 34 45 4. Naglaudairampur 378 100 0 1 277 11 1249 5. Hasanpur Lodha 808 413 44 57 294 217 2439 6. Daulatpur Dhikari 382 88 115 22 157 142 1256 7. Nidhauli 635 140 12 17 466 28 1631 8. Kakrana 1042 443 49 10 540 77 2594 9. Dhaulana 3474 631 122 141 2580 899 9687 10 Nandpur 521 163 48 5 305 99 1258 11 Basatpur 484 387 14 8 75 502 1322 12 Shaulana 1511 284 15 13 1199 260 1675 13 Lalpur 778 156 186 24 412 450 2669 14 Bajhera Khurd 1398 570 168 196 464 257 2958 15 Haval 615 44 11 14 546 148 1673 16. Mubarikpur

Badarkha 84 0 74 6 4 25 280

17 Kandola 1123 609 44 31 439 592 2049 18 Piplehda 2079 320 291 93 1375 550 8762 19 Lakhan 708 225 27 47 409 94 1894 20 Chhajarsi 778 249 55 17 457 209 2121



Kuleechnagar 21 Gironi 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 Khera 2387 322 189 122 1754 269 6400 23 Ibrahimpur Tasauli 4 1 0 0 3 1 11

Total 22085 5831 1838 1086 13330 5745 63760 Razapur Tehsil

24 Partapur 1337 292 419 39 587 148 2854 25 Masuri 4583 372 509 203 3499 1445 16906 26 Nahal 3094 458 330 184 2122 1241 13960 27 Samaypur 103 19 28 4 52 240 617 28. Karim Nagar

Katiyar Urf Akalpu 116 41 35 2 38 45 416

29 Nig Rayati 196 54 45 14 83 144 1085 30. Muhiddinpur

Dabarsi 1474 198 251 117 908 411 5071

31 Nidori 1077 202 327 74 474 226 3348 32 Masauta 441 48 22 12 359 257 998 33 Sadat Nagar Ikla 499 143 18 10 328 253 1848 34 Raghunath Pur 331 127 109 13 82 530 619 35 Dinanathpur Puthi 539 218 126 31 164 580 1371 36 Inayatpur 456 267 66 10 113 67 751 37 Arifpur 30 17 0 2 11 0 98 38 Dasna Dehat 11795 989 1337 605 8864 3962 27965 39 Didwari 351 181 43 4 123 82 776 40 Kushaliya 454 130 43 20 261 1355 3701

Total 26876 3756 3708 1344 18068 10986 82384 Dadri Tehsil

41 Sadipur Chhidoli 766 186 165 51 364 215 1767 42 Islamabad Kalda 407 15 92 1 299 152 576 43 Bambawad 1268 308 118 54 788 574 3008 44 Akalpur Jagir 493 216 82 3 192 96 845 45 Mahamvad 951 296 92 39 524 401 1127 46 Kudi Khera 448 79 197 28 144 421 1109 47 Chak Sidipur 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 48 Chauna 570 340 25 22 183 17 1820 49 Sidipur 238 75 33 16 114 344 1155 50 Tatarpur 357 68 1 3 285 153 1065 51 Uncha Amirpur 811 166 17 36 592 115 2338 52 Khangoda 990 153 193 64 580 43 1675 53. Iradatpur Urf

Rajatpur 205 179 6 3 17 16 569

54 Jaitwapur Navarpur 411 45 97 12 257 137 1478

55 Pyawali Tajpur 854 90 67 91 606 656 3092 56 Tamolipur 20 1 1 1 17 1 26 57 Bisahda 1560 453 46 93 968 871 4238 58 Sadhopur 968 115 41 44 768 149 2612 59 Dhoom Manikpur 2007 355 105 140 1407 671 7710



60 Ranoli Latifpur 865 252 171 52 390 152 1861 61 Rasoolpur Dasana 419 65 5 15 334 39 1259 62 Salarpur Kalan 703 163 35 32 473 86 2233 63 Dadupur Khatana 230 89 8 2 131 90 616

Total 15541 3709 1597 802 9433 5399 42179 Bisrakh Tehsil

64 Girdharpur Sunarasi

382 91 6 30 255 75 1262

65 Duriyai 720 200 20 52 448 90 2036 66. Talabpur Urf

Hathipur 147 97 2 4 44 61 456

67 Bisnoli 613 89 34 33 457 341 2465 68 Achheja 1151 226 44 49 832 430 3295 69 Kachheda

Warsabad 1108 433 15 91 569 559 3188

70 Dujana 1816 440 221 149 1006 758 6447 71 Ibadullapur Urf

Badalpur 717 98 10 42 567 167 2832

Total 6654 1674 352 450 4178 2481 21981 Grand Total 71156 14970 7495 3682 45009 24611 210304

Table 3.35 Summary of Infrastructure Resource Base of the Study Area

S. No. Amenities Availability in Number 1. Education Facility P(65),M(82), S(16), Ssc(14), C(1) 2. Medical Facility CHC(5), PHC(3), PHS(18), D(2), MCW(5) 3. Drinking Water Facility T (19), CW(5), HP(68), TW(44) 4. Drainage Facility CD(4), OD(64) 5. Communication Facility PO(7), PH(63) 6. Transportation Facility BS(19), RS(2) 7. Approach Road PR(63), KR(56) 8. Power Supply ED(69),EAG(71) 9. Social Security B(5)

Source: Village amenities 2011, Ghaziabad and Gautam Buddh Nagar District, Uttar Pradesh State

Abbreviations:

Educational Institutions Medical Facilities Drinking Water Supply Communication P : Primary School PHC : Primary

health Centre

T : Tap Water PO : Post Office

M : Middle School PHS : Primary health sub centre

CW : Covered Well Water

PH : Phone connections

S : Secondary School

D : Dispensary

UCW : Uncovered Well Water

Drainage Facility

MCW : Maternal and Child

HP : Hand pump

OD : Open Drainage



Welfare Power Supply Approach Road Transportation Social Security ED : Electricity for

domestic purpose

PR : Pucca Road

BS : Bus CB : Commercial Bank

KR : Kuccha road

RS : Railway Station

Co.B : Cooperative Bank

--------------------------OO--------------------------

Bulk Manufacturing Unit at Plot no. F-665 & 666, Upsidc Industrial Area, Phase-1, Tehsil & District- Hapur, Uttar Pradesh by M/s MGL Pharma &Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. with Production Capacity 30 Tons/Month (Category B). Regd, Address: House No. 283, Dhhannpur, Kuttupur, Post Sadar, District Jaunpur (U.P.) (Mob. 8447319986)



CHAPTER-4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.0 INTRODUCTION The chapter aims at controlling pollution at the source level to the extent possible with the available and affordable technology followed by treatment measures before they are discharged. The proposed project would create impact on the environment in two distinct phases:

i. During the construction phase which may be regarded as temporary or short term; and ii. During the operation phase which would have long term effects.

The construction and operational phase of the proposed project comprises various activities each of which will have an impact on some or other environmental parameters. Various impacts during the construction and operation phase on the environmental parameters have been studied and mitigation measures for the same are discussed briefly below and elaborated in the subsequent sections. 4.1 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE This phase involves the activities like erection of civil structures, movement/ removal of old construction, erection of new equipment and machinery, green belt development etc. Air, water, Noise and Land environment are likely to be effected by the activities, although aesthetics and socio-economic factors are also identified. But the impacts will be marginal and for short term only. The green belt development will have positive impacts. 4.1.1 Matrix Representation The potential impacts during construction and operation phases are presented in the form of a matrix in Table 4.1. The quantification of impact is done using numerical scores -1 to 5 as per the following criteria.

Score Severity criteria -1 Positive impact 0 No impact 1 No damage 2 Slight/ Short-term effect 3 Occasional reversible effect 4 Irreversible/ Long-term effect 5 Permanent damage

The scores for various parameters and activities are presented in table 4.2 and the cumulative scores are given in table 4.3.

Table 4.1 Impact Identification Matrix (Construction Phase) Activities Environmental Attributes

Air Water Soil Noise

LU/LC Hydro geolog

y

Geology

SHW Risk Hazardou

s

Ecology and

Biodiversity

Socio Econom

ic

Material Supply

(Transportation)

✔ - - ✔ - - - - ✔ - ✔

Storage ✔ - - ✔ - - - ✔ ✔ - ✔ Movement of

Machinery ✔ - - ✔ - - - ✔ ✔ - ✔

Land Development/

Green belt Development

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ ✔ ✔




Construction of Building

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - - ✔ ✔ - ✔

Garbage Disposal

✔ - ✔ ✔ - ✔ - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Operation of DG set

✔ - - ✔ - - - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Painting and Finishing

- - - ✔ - - - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Table 4.2 Environmental Impact Matrix (Construction Phase)

Activities Environmental Attributes Air Wate

r Soil Noise

LU/LC Hydro

geology Geology SHW Risk

Hazardous Ecology

and Biodiver

sity

Socio Econo

mic

Material Supply (Transportation) 1 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 2 0 2

Storage 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 2 0 1 Movement of

Machinery 2 0 0 3 0 0 0 2 3 0 2

Land Development/


2 2 1 1 1 1 1 0 2 1 1

Construction of Building 1 2 1 3 1 0 0 2 3 0 3

Garbage Disposal 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 2 2 1 Operation of DG

set 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 2 2 2 1

Painting and Finishing 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 3 3 2 2

Cumulative Score 10 4 3 15 2 2 1 12 19 7 13

Table 4.3 Cumulative Impact Chart

S. No. Environmental Parameter Cumulative Score 1. Air 10 2. Water 4 3. Soil 3 4. Noise 15 5. Land Cover 2 6. Hydrogeology 2 7. Geology 1 8. Solid/ Hazardous 12 9. Risk Hazardous 19 10. Ecology and Biodiversity 7 11. Socio Economic 13

Total 88 Total Cumulative Score for various Environmental Parameters is 88 as given in table 4.3. Cumulative Score of Geology is 1 (minimum) which shows geology has negligible impact due to the construction




process. Cumulative Score of Land Cover and Hydrogeology is 2. Cumulative Score of Ecology and Biodiversity, Socio Economic, Solid/Hazardous and Noise is 7, 13, 12 and 15 respectively which shows moderate impact on Ecology and Biodiversity, Socio Economic, Solid/ Hazardous and Noise in comparison to other Environmental Parameters. Cumulative Score of Risk Hazardous is 19 (maximum) which shows high risk during construction process, precaution will not be taken care. 4.1.2 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Air Environment

Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures Material Supply (Transportation) Storage of material Movement of machinery Land Development/ Green belt Development Building Construction

• Excavation work, • Filling of foundation, • Heavy fabrication work including

metal cutting (Gas cutting, welding),

Garbage Disposal Operation of DG set

• Increases in respiratory ailments like asthma and bronchitis.

• Chances of Accident will be increase due to construction work.

• Stomatal index may be

minimized due to dust deposit on leaf.

• Crop yield will be reduced

Regular water sprinkling will be done to avoid dust generation from transportation and stored material. Only PUC vehicle will be used for the transportation of materials and equipment. Dust mask will be provided to the workers. It is proposed to plant 68 Nos. of trees. Barricading will be done wherever required.

4.1.3 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Water Environment

Project Activity Impact

Mitigation Measures

Land Development/ Green belt Development

Building Construction

• There is no major impact on Human. • There is no major impact on Animal. • Green area will be increased. • There is no major impact on crop as the

purposed project is in notified industrial area.

Adequate measures to be taken to reduce fresh water demand. Rain Water Harvesting /Recharge Plan to reduce fresh water demand.

4.1.4 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Soil Environment

Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures Land Development/ Green belt Development Building Construction

Garbage Disposal

• There is no major impact on Human, Animal and crop as the purposed project is in notified industrial area.

• Green area will be increased.

Adequate measures to be taken to reduce fresh water demand. Rain Water Harvesting /Recharge Plan to reduce fresh water demand. No toxic /waste water will be disposed directly on land.




4.1.5 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Noise Environment Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures Material Supply (Transportation) Storage of material Movement of machinery Land Development/ Green belt Development Building Construction • Excavation work, • Filling of foundation, • Heavy fabrication work

including metal cutting (Gas cutting, welding),

Garbage Disposal Operation of DG set Painting and Finishing

• Decreases the efficiency of a man. Lack of concentration. Causes Blood Pressure. Temporary or permanent Deafness.

• Noise pollution damages the nervous system of animal. Animal looses the control of its mind. They become dangerous.

• There should be cool & peaceful environment for their better growth of plant. Noise pollution causes poor quality of crops in a pleasant atmosphere.

• Loud noise is very dangerous to buildings, bridges and monuments. It creates waves which struck the walls and put the building in danger condition. It weakens the edifice of buildings.

• PUCC Certified vehicles will be used.

• Vibration pads shall be installed for major equipments

• All the major noise generating Equipments shall be equipped with acoustic enclosures.

• DG set shall be equipped with acoustic enclosures.

4.1.6 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Land Cover/ Land Use

Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures Land Development/ Green belt Development Construction of Building

Proposed Projects falls in already developed Industrial Area, so there will be no Impact on Land use.

It is proposed to plant 68 Nos. of trees.

4.1.7 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Hydrogeology

Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures Land Development/


Garbage Disposal

Proposed Projects falls in already developed Industrial Area, so there will be no Impact on Hydrogeology.

11.00 KLD water required. The water requirement of the unit will be met from Borewell only.

4.1.8 Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures on Geology

Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures Land Development/ Green belt Development

Proposed Projects falls in already developed Industrial Area, so there will be no Impact on geology.


4.1.9 Impact and Mitigation Measures due to Solid/ Hazardous

Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures Land Development/ Green belt Development

During construction phase of the proposed project, top soil, construction debris and oil from the machineries will be generated.

• Top soil will be stacked separately and will be used for green belt.

• Construction debris will be used for filling of low laying area.

• Used oil will be sold to CPCB/SPCB authorized vendor.

• It is proposed to plant 68 Nos. of trees.




4.1.10 Impact and Mitigation Measures due to Risk Hazardous Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures

Material Supply (Transportation) Storage of material Movement of machinery Land Development/ Green belt Development Building Construction • Excavation work, • Filling of foundation, • Heavy fabrication work including metal

cutting (Gas cutting, welding)

Chances of accident may increase due to purposed Activity.

All transportation within the main working will be carried out directly under the supervision and control of the management. The Vehicles must be maintained in good repairs and checked thoroughly at least once a week by the competent person authorized for the purpose by the Management.

4.1.11 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Ecology and Biodiversity

Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures

Material Supply (Transportation)

Storage of material

• Transportation of raw material and products the trucks/dumper will disturb the movement of animal and reptiles.

• Transportation of products and raw material should be minimize in the morning and evening and cannot be done in night.

Movement of machinery Land Development/ Green

belt Development Building Construction

• Excavation work, • Filling of foundation, • Heavy fabrication work

including metal cutting (Gas cutting, welding),

Garbage Disposal Operation of DG set Painting and Finishing

• Fugitive emission from vehicle movement will form a layer in leaves thus reducing the gaseous exchange process. This ultimately affects the growth of plants.

• Chances of vehicle collisions with wildlife attempting to cross roads are possible.

• Waste water discharge from the proposed activity can contaminate the soil and ultimately effect the growth of plants.

• Green belt and community forestry should be encouraged to mitigate the noise level. Plantation will be carried out on approach roads and nearby vicinity.

• The latest equipment with sound-control devices should be used for operation/manufacturing, etc.

• Annual bio-monitoring of roadside plants exposed to vehicular pollution will be done to check the dust load and Air Pollution Tolerance Index (APTI).

4.1.12 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Socio Economic conditions

Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures

Material Supply (Transportation) Storage of material Movement of machinery Land Development/ Green belt Development Building Construction

• Excavation work, • Filling of foundation, • Heavy fabrication work including metal cutting

(Gas cutting, welding), Garbage Disposal Operation of DG set Painting and Finishing

During construction phase of the proposed project, labors will be required and this requirement will meet from surrounding area. Hence, positive impact will be on Socio economic environment.

During the construction phase around 30- 50 local skilled and semi-skilled workers including contractors will be employed.

+




4.2 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DURING OPERATION PHASE This phase of the project is important because it generates long-term impacts as the production starts. The primary impacts causing likely deterioration will be in Air, Water, Noise and Land/Soil due to the gaseous emissions, vehicular movement, and discharge of liquid effluent. Identification of impacts during operation phase is given in Table 4.4 and 4.5. 4.2.1 Matrix Representation The potential impacts during construction and operation phases are presented in the form of a matrix in Table 4.6. The quantification of impact given in item 4.1.1. The scores for various parameters and activities are presented in table-4.6 and the cumulative scores are given in table 4.7.

Table 4.4 Identification of Impacts during Operation Phase Activity Environmen

tal Attribute Cause Impact Characteristics

Nature Duration Reversibility Significance DG Set Air Quality Exhaust

Emissions Minor

Negative Short Term

Reversible Low, DG Set is only a standby

Noise Levels Noise Generation

Minor Negative

Short Term

Reversible Low due to Noise Protection measures

Wastewater Discharge

Water Quality

Generation of Wastewater

Minor Negative

Short Term

Reversible ETP Shall be provided

Emissions from various unit processes and vehicular traffic

Air Quality (SPM, SO2, NOx, CO, HC)

Unit operations, Vehicle Operation and fuel Combustion

Negligible Negative

Long Term

Reversible Low as ambient and stack monitoring , Scrubber Vehicle maintenance will be performed

Noise levels Noise generation from machinery and Vehicles

Minor Negative

Short Term

Reversible Low, due to noise protection measures, periodical vehicle maintenance

Solid Waste Disposal

Land and Soil

Generation of Solid Waste

Minor Negative

Short Term

Reversible Low, proper collection and Disposal

Green Belt Development

Ecology Planting of Trees

Positive Long Term

Reversible High Positive Impact

Socio-Economic

Employment Generation

Direct and Indirect employment

Positive Long term

Irreversible High, new opportunities of income for many families

Quality of Life

In flow of funds in the region/nation

Positive Long Term

Irreversible High, the project will generate employment

Table 4.5 Impact Identification Matrix (Operation Phase) Activities Environmental Attributes

Air Water Soil Noise

LU/LC Hydro geolog

y

Geology

SHW Risk Hazardou

s

Ecology and

Biodiversity

SE




Material Supply (Transportation

)

✔ - - ✔ - - - - ✔ ✔ ✔

Raw material storage

✔ ✔ ✔ - - - - ✔ ✔ - ✔

Product manufacturing

✔ ✔ - ✔ - - - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Gaseous emission

✔ - - - - - - - ✔ ✔ ✔

Effluent discharge

- ✔ ✔ - ✔ ✔ - - ✔ ✔ ✔

Solid waste generation

- ✔ ✔ - ✔ ✔ - ✔ ✔ - ✔

Chemical Hazards

✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ ✔ - ✔ ✔ - ✔

Movement of vehicle inside

plant

✔ - - ✔ - - - - ✔ ✔ -

Storage of finished product

- - ✔ - ✔ - - ✔ ✔ - -

Generation of employment opportunity

- ✔ - ✔ - - - - ✔ - ✔


✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ -

Table 4.6 Environmental Impact Matrix (Operation Phase)

Activities

Environmental Attributes Air Water Soil Noise

LU/LC Hydro

geology

Geology

SHW Risk Hazardous

Ecology and

Biodiversity

SE

Material Supply

(Transportation)

2 - - 3 - - - - 2 2 2

Raw material storage 2 2 1 0 - - - 2 2 0 2

Product manufacturing 1 1 - 3 - 0 - 1 2 1 1

Gaseous emission 3 - - - - - 0 - 2 3 2

Effluent discharge - 3 2 - 2 1 - - 2 0 2

Solid waste generation - 2 2 - 2 2 - 2 1 0 1

Movement of vehicle inside

plant 1 - - 2 - - - - 2 1 1




Storage of finished product

- - 1 0 2 0 1 2 0 0

Generation of employment opportunity

- 2 - 1 - - - - 1 0 -1

Green belt Development -1 1 2 -1 4 -1 1 1 1 -1 -1

Cumulative Score 8 11 8 8 10 2 1 7 17 6 9

Table 4.7 Cumulative Impact Chart

S. No Environmental Parameter Total cumulative Score

1. Air 8 2. Water 11 3. Soil 8 4. Noise 8 5. Land Cover 10 6. Hydro geology 2 7. Geology 1 8. Solid/ Hazardous 7 9. Risk Hazardous 17 10. Ecology and Biodiversity 6 11. Socio Economic 9

Total 87 Total Cumulative Score for various Environmental Parameters is 87 as given in table 4.7. Cumulative Score of Geology is 1 (minimum) which shows geology has negligible impact due to the operation of unit. Cumulative Score of Air, Soil and Noise is 8 which shows similar impact on these Environmental Parameters. Cumulative Score of Land Cover and Hydrogeology is 2. Cumulative Score of Water, Land Cover, Solid/ Hazardous, Ecology and Biodiversity, Socio Economic and Hydro geology is 10, 7, 6, 9 and 2 respectively which shows moderate impact on Water, Land Cover, Solid/ Hazardous, Ecology and Biodiversity, Socio Economic and Hydro geology in comparison to other Environmental Parameters. Cumulative Score of Risk Hazardous is 17 (maximum) which shows high risk during construction process, precaution will not be taken care. 4.2.2 Ambient Air Quality Modeling by ISCST3 Dispersion Model ISCST3 Dispersion Model The Industrial Source Complex (ISC) Short Term model provides options to model emissions from a wide range of sources that might be present at a typical industrial source complex. ISCST3 is US-EPA approved model to predict the air quality. The model uses urban dispersion and regulatory defaults options as per guidelines on air quality models (PROBES/70/1997-1998). Emission sources are categorized into four basic types of sources, i.e., point sources, volume sources, area sources, and open pit sources. The volume source option and the area source option may also be used to simulate line sources. The model assumes receptors on flat terrain. The ISC short term area source model is based on a numerical integration over the area in the upwind and cross wind directions of Gaussian plume formula. This can be applied to the Point, Area, Line or Volume sources simultaneously and their resultant incremental concentration of the pollutant can be predicted.

• Model Options Used For Computations The options used for short-term computations are: • The plume rise is estimated by Briggs formulae, but the final rise is always limited to that of

the mixing layer;




• Stack tip down-wash is not considered; • Buoyancy Induced Dispersion is used to describe the increase in plume dispersion during the

ascension phase; • Calms processing routine is used by default; • It is assumed that the pollutants do not undergo any physio-chemical transformation and

that there is no pollutant removal by dry deposition; • Washout by rain is not considered; • Flat terrain is assumed / used for computations; • Cartesian co-ordinate system has been used for computations; and • The model computations have been done for 10 km with 100 m grid interval.

• Gaussian Plume Model Ground Level Concentration (χ) (GLC) from a point source at any receptor is given by -

χ = Qg1g2 - (USEPA ISCST3, 1987)

where, g1 = exp(-y2/2σy2) g2 = exp[-(z-H)2/2σz2] + exp[-(z+H)2/2σz2] Q = source strength Z = receptor height above the ground He = effective stack height (Plume rise + Physical stack height) u = wind speed at stack level σy & σz = dispersion parameters

Figure 4.1 – Gaussian Plume Model

(2 πσyσ zu)




Dispersion Parameters Dispersion parameters σy and σz for open country conditions (Briggs, 1974) are used, as the project is located on in a rural area. Atmospheric dispersion coefficients vary with downwind distance (x) from emission sources for different atmospheric stability conditions. (CPCB – PROBES/70/1997-98).

Table 4.8 Dispersion parameters as per stability class Stability Class σy σz A 0.22x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.20x B 0.16x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.12x C 0.11x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.08x(1+0.0002x).5

D 0.08x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.06(1+0.0015x).5

E 0.06x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.03x(1+0.0003x)-1

F 0.04x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.16x(1+0.0003x)-1

Plume Rise Plume rise ∆h has been determined according to Brigg’s formula (CPCB guideline)

∆h = 21.425 F3 4 for F<55 Us ∆h = 38.71 F3 5 for F>55 Us F = g VsD2(Ts-Ta)/4Ts Where Us = wind speed at stack level (m/s) Vs = stack gas velocity (m/s) Ts = stack gas temperature (0K) Ta = ambient temperature (0K) F = Buoyancy flux parameter (m4/s3) ∆h = Plume rise (m) D = Diameter of the stack (m) g = acceleration due to gravity, 9.807 (m/s2)

Stack details Table 4.9 – Stack details

S. No. Stack attached to Height Air Pollution Control System Final Concentration 1. Steam boiler 30 Meter Air Pre Heater, Multi Cyclone

Separator and Wet Scrubber


2. D.G. Set (100 KVA – 01 No.)


15 Meter Adequate height D.G. Set will be operated in

emergency only.

Meteorological Data The meteorology of the project area plays very important role in dispersion of pollutants and buildup of pollution within the atmosphere. In the present study, one season (March 2016 – May 2016) and additional two months (November - December 2016) meteorological data has been taken to find the dispersion of pollutant concentration. The mixing height for study period, which is an important parameter to express the dispersive potential of atmosphere, has been taken from the atlas of hourly mixing height and assimilative capacity of atmosphere in India (S.D. Attri et al., 2008). Windrose diagram of is shown given below in Figure 4.2.




Figure 4.2 - Windrose Diagram

Results

• The maximum cumulative GLC concentration of PM10 wiz. 95.202 µg/m3 was predicted inside the study area. As the distance from source increases, the incremental concentration of PM10 drops drastically due to settling of PM10 particles under gravity.

• The maximum cumulative GLC concentration of SO2 wiz. 16.504 µg/m3 was predicted inside the study area.

• The maximum cumulative GLC concentration of NOx wiz. 37.605 µg/m3 was predicted inside the study area.

Table 4.10 – Predicted GLC of PM10 at Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Location Code Location Name Parameter Max Baseline

Conc. (µg/m3)

Predicted GLC (µg/m3) – ISCST3

Model

Cumulative GLC (µg/m3)

A1 Project Site

PM10 90.70 0.198 90.898

SO2 15.00 0.472 15.472

NOx 35.30 0.615 35.915

A2 Near Village-Chauna

PM10 91.10 0.015 91.115 SO2 14.30 0.125 14.425 NOx 35.40 0.234 35.634




A3 Near Village-Nidhauli

PM10 94.30 0.001 94.301 SO2 13.20 0.002 13.202 NOx 34.80 0.005 34.805

A4 Near Village-Bhurgarhi

PM10 93.20 0.000 93.200 SO2 14.30 0.001 14.301 NOx 34.20 0.001 34.201

A5 Near Village-Jadonpur

PM10 80.50 0.003 80.503 SO2 10.40 0.006 10.406 NOx 26.00 0.009 26.009

A6 Near Village-Bambawar

PM10 87.60 0.001 87.601 SO2 13.20 0.001 13.201 NOx 34.30 0.002 34.302

A7 Near Village-Kalu Garhi

PM10 95.20 0.002 95.202 SO2 16.50 0.004 16.504 NOx 37.60 0.006 37.606

A8 Near Village-Salarpur Kalan

PM10 92.10 0.001 92.101 SO2 14.60 0.002 14.602 NOx 37.60 0.005 37.605

The contour maps showing the predicted concentration levels of PM10, SO2, NOx are presented in

Figure 4.3, Figure 4.4 and Figure 4.5.

Impacts During construction phase, suspended particulate matter will be the main pollutant, which will be generated due to the site development activities and vehicular movement, because of vehicular traffic there may be a marginal increase in the concentrations of NOx and SO2. The impact of such activities would be temporary and restricted to the construction phase only. Proper upkeep and maintenance of vehicles, sprinkling of water on roads at construction site, providing sufficient vegetation etc. are some of the proposed measures that would greatly reduce the impact on the air quality during the construction phase of the project. The impact of such activities would be temporary and restricted to the construction phase only and will be confined within the project premises.




Figure 4.3 – Spatial distribution of predicted GLCs of PM10




Figure 4.4 – Spatial distribution of predicted GLCs of SO2




Figure 4.5 – Spatial distribution of predicted GLCs of NOx




Mitigation Measures

• Suitable air pollution control equipments will be provided as per air pollution control plan. • Rapid on-site construction and improved maintenance of equipment. • Proper stack height will be provided. • Landscape development with tree plantation will be developed with specific species to help

to reduce PM2.5& PM10 level. • Use of equipment fitted with silencers. • M/s. MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. is using wet scrubber as an Air Pollution Control

Measure. • Fugitive emissions from material handling like raw material. Raw materials will be stored in

the covered structure. All the workers and officers working inside the plant will be provided with disposable dust masks. Green belt will be developed around the plant to arrest the fugitive emissions. Maintenance of air pollution control equipments will be done regularly.

4.2.3 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Air Environment

Attributes Project Activity

Impact Mitigation Measures Budget/Annum

Human Material Supply (Transportation) Raw material storage Product manufacturing Gaseous emission Movement of vehicle inside plant Green belt Development

Maximum Cumulative GLC of PM10 is 93.20077.083 µg/m3 which shows the value is within limit. Air pollutants, such as carbon monoxide (CO), sulfur dioxide (SO2), nitrogen oxides (NOx), volatile organic compounds (VOCs), heavy metals, and respirable particulate matter (PM2.5 and PM10), differ in their chemical composition, reaction properties, emission, time of disintegration and ability to diffuse in long or short distances. Air pollution has both acute and chronic effects on human health, affecting a number of different systems and organs. It ranges from minor upper respiratory irritation to chronic respiratory and heart disease, lung cancer, acute respiratory infections in children and chronic bronchitis in adults. Employment opportunity will be generated. Volatile organic compounds (VOCs) are emitted as gases from certain solids or liquids. VOCs include a variety of chemicals, some of which may have short- and long-term adverse health effects.

• Regular monitoring of air polluting concentrations.

• Pollution control equipments will be installed. Details are given in Chapter 2.

• All tankers shall be PUC Certified from time to time.

• DG Sets will be operated during power failure.

• Traffic management will be made and ensured that the same is followed.

• PUC Certified vehicles will be used.

• Greenbelt will be developed at the facility to mitigate the impact of pollution. 68 Nos. tree will be planted.

• DG Sets will be operated during power failure only.

• Attenuation of pollution/protection of receptor through greenbelt/green cover.

• Regular monitoring of air polluting concentrations.

• FLIR Systems has developed and fielded a passive IR imager capable

Rs. 5.0 Lakhs has been allocated for air pollution control measures. Rs. 1.5 Lakh has been allocated for Green Belt Development.

Animal Chances of Accident will be increase due to construction work.




Plant Stomatal index may be minimized due to dust deposit on leaf. Injury to foliage may be visible in a short time and appear as necrotic lesions (dead tissue), or it can develop slowly as a yellowing or chlorosis of the leaf. There may be a reduction in growth of various portions of a plant.

of standoff leak detection • of Volatile Organic

Compounds (VOCs) • Antidotes will be provided. • Solid waste Sent to

authorized TSDF facility from pollution control board.

• Air pollution control device will be installed to mitigate the impact of air pollution.

Crop Crop yield will be reduced. Agricultural crops can be injured when exposed to high concentrations of various air pollutants. Injury ranges from visible markings on the foliage, to reduced growth and yield, to premature death of the plant. The development and severity of the injury depends not only on the concentration of the particular pollutant,

4.2.4 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Water Environment

The industrial effluent generated from the plant will cause adverse effect on surrounding and on human health.


Impact Mitigation Measures Budget/annum

Human Raw material storage Product manufacturing Effluent discharge Solid waste generation Chemical Hazards Generation of employment opportunity

Chemicals in water can have serious health effects like Typhoid, Cholera, Paratyphoid, fever Bacillary dysentery.

Water conservation plan will be carried out by recycling and reuse of treated sewage in gardening, steam recovery from boiler which will reduce the fresh water demand. Rainwater harvesting will be done to reduce the fresh water demand. The detail is given in Chapter 2. Effluent generated from the process and utilities will be treated in proposed ETP and reused for gardening and other purpose. ETP Sludge will be Sent to authorized TSDF facility from pollution control board. Proper spill control measures will be done. Regular monitoring of Underground pipe work and tank will be done. Proper storage area will be proposed with lining to avoid leakage. Daily inspections are carried out, on each site, of high risk items such as storage tanks to check for damage and signs of wear. Bunds, smaller storage containers and general housekeeping are often checked on a daily or weekly basis.

Rs. 1.5 Lakh has been allocated for Green Belt Development. Rs. 6.0 Lakhs has been allocated for ETP Rs. 5.0 Lakhs has been allocated for air pollution control measures. Rs. 2.00 Lakhs has been allocated for OH&S

Animal The main problem caused by water pollution is that it kills life that depends on these water bodies.

Plant/ crop

Plants and crop will not survive due contaminated water. The industrial effluent will have high COD and toxic elements which cause ill effect on human health and soil.




4.2.5 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Soil Environment Attributes Project

Activity Impact Mitigation

Measures Budget/ Annum

Human Raw material storage Effluent discharge Solid waste generation Chemical Hazards Storage of finished product Green belt Development

High concentrations of chemical may cause damage to the developing brains of young children, which in turn may lead to neurological problems. Humans of any age may also suffer kidney or liver damage.

• No toxic /waste water will be disposed directly on land;

• Vegetation will be done on uncovered soil.

Rs. 20.00Lakhs as capital cost and Rs. 10.00 Lakhs as recurring cost is Allotted for EMP

Animal When Animal eat the polluted plants that can cause serious impact on them.

Plant/ Crop

Plants that are grown in lightly polluted soil continuously absorb molecules of the pollutants. Since the plants cannot get rid of these molecules, they accumulate in the plant, causing higher amounts of pollution to exist in the plant than in the soil.

4.2.6 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Noise Environment


Impact Mitigation Measures Budget

Human Material Supply (Transportation) Raw material storage Product manufacturing Movement of vehicle inside plant Storage of finished product Generation of employment opportunity Green belt Development

• Decreases the efficiency of a man. • Lack of concentration. • Causes Blood Pressure. Temporary or permanent Deafness.

• PUCC Certified vehicles will be used. • Vibration pads shall be installed for major equipments. • All the major noise generating equipments shall be equipped with acoustic enclosures. • DG set shall be equipped with acoustic enclosures. • It is proposed to plant 68 Nos. of trees to mitigate the impact of Noise due to purposed project.

Rs. 1.5 Lakhs has

been allocated for Green

Belt Developm

ent

Animal Noise pollution damage the nervous system of animal. Animal looses the control of its mind. They become dangerous.

Vegetation

There should be cool & peaceful environment for their better growth. Noise pollution causes poor quality of crops in a pleasant atmosphere.

Infrastructure

Loud noise is very dangerous to buildings, bridges and monuments. It creates waves which struck the walls and put the building in danger condition. It weakens the edifice of buildings.

4.2.7 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Land Cover/ Land Use Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures Budget

Effluent discharge Solid waste generation Storage of finished product Green belt Development

Proposed Projects falls in already developed Industrial Area, so there will be no Impact on Land use during operation phase.


Rs. 1.5 Lakhs has been allocated for Green Belt Development




4.2.8 Impact and Mitigation Measures for Hydrogeology Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures Budget

Product manufacturing Effluent discharge Solid waste generation Chemical Hazards Storage of finished product Green belt Development

Proposed Projects falls in already developed Industrial Area, so there will be no Impact on Hydrogeology.

The water requirement of the unit will be met from Borewell only.

-

4.2.9 Geology

No soil erosion due to proposed activity so there will be any adverse impact on geology.

4.2.10 Impact and Mitigation Measures due to Solid/ Hazardous Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures Budget

Raw material storage Manufacturing of product Storage of finished product Green belt Development

Soil contamination due to exposure of waste can cause serious impact.

Solid/ Hazardous waste and ETP sludge will be Sent to authorized TSDF facility from pollution control board.

Rs. 2.00 Lakhs

allotted for OH&S

4.2.11 Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures due to Risk and Hazard


Impact Mitigation Measures Budget

Human Material Supply (Transportation) Raw material storage Product manufacturing Gaseous emission Effluent discharge Solid waste generation Chemical Hazards Movement of vehicle inside plant Storage of finished product Generation of employment opportunity

Chances of accident may increase due to purposed Activity. Spillages/leakages The discharge of waste material (stack emission, wastewater and solid wastes), from process operations will cause ill health of the workers.

i. Powder material allowed in a vessel through closed loop while liquid material charged through pipeline.

ii. Proper collection system is provided for the leakage and spillage of hazardous chemical by preparing dyke wall and acid proof RCC flooring with spillage collection tank.

iii. Loading and unloading equipments inspected and maintained regularly.

iv. The cargo tank motor vehicles as well as their attachments including the hose pipes used for loading and unloading the acid are inspected.

v. External and internal visual inspections, leakage and pressure tests are conducted.

vi. Adequate PPE’s provided to all employee. vii. Work job training is given to employee.

viii. Adequate ventilator is provided on top of roof.

ix. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) of all raw materials and products will be readily available to all. The training for awareness

Rs. 2.00 Lakhs

allotted for OH&S Animal

Plant

Crop

Infrastructure

4.2.12 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Ecology and Biodiversity

Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures Budget Material Supply (Transportation) Raw material

There are no National Parks and Protected Sanctuaries within the study area, no impact is anticipated on the same. For

Emphasis will be placed on social forestry program wherein tree plantation

Rs. 1.5 Lakhs has been allocated for Green Belt




storage Product manufacturing Gaseous emission Effluent discharge Solid waste generation Chemical Hazards Movement of vehicle inside plant Storage of finished product Generation of employment opportunity

estimation the adverse impact of the proposed project on sensitive area, air quality modeling has done and Air quality modeling results shows that no adverse impact on sensitive area. In spite of there being no impact, efforts will be made not only to maintain the ecological balance of the surroundings but also to improve upon the same. The attributes that are identified to describe ecology are animals, birds, fish, field crops, threatened species, natural vegetation etc. The study area does not have any identified endangered species, Forest, National Park, Sanctuaries and hence there is no question of any adverse impact on the same.

would be undertaken within the plant premises. The tree plantation under this program would help in absorbing atmospheric heat, noise as well as pollutants. Hence, all efforts will be put-up by the project proponent to maintain the ecological balance and improve the environment in terms of ecology and Green Belt development. 68 Nos. of tree will be planted. ETP is proposed for waste treatment. Rainwater harvesting will be done.

Development. Rs. 6.00 Lakhs has been allocated for ETP Rs.1.5 Lakhs has been allocated for Rainwater harvesting/ Recharging

4.2.13 Impact and Mitigation Measures on Socio-Economic Environment

Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures Budget Material Supply (Transportation) Raw material storage Product manufacturing Gaseous emission Effluent discharge Solid waste generation Chemical Hazards Generation of employment opportunity

During operation phase of the proposed project, labors will be required and this requirement will meet from surrounding area. Hence, positive impact will be on Socio economic environment.

i. Improvement of infrastructure, transportation, health care and education facility.

ii. Direct and indirect employment will be generated like business, contract works and development work like roads, etc. and other welfare amenities such as medical facilities, conveyance, free education, drinking water supply etc.

iii. The impact of employment opportunities will not be significant due to low level of education and skills in the area which will result in sourcing skilled work force from outside the immediate area.

iv. The workers working in the industry are of different culture and religion.

v. The budget for CSR has been prepared of Rs. 8.00 Lakhs for development of locals and surrounding villages.

vi. Skill based training to local employed people will be given by project proponent.

vii. The interaction and intermingling of all these people will improve the understanding of various cultures and will definitely improve and strengthen friendliness, brotherhood and unity among them.

CSR has been prepared of Rs. 8.00 Lakhs

4.3 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS The project is not expected to create any irreversible and irretrievable impacts because of the following: All the impacts created by the project will be mitigated by adoption of suitable mitigation

measures. Relevant mitigation measures against each pollutant attributes have been elaborated above

with quantification; wherever possible.




4.4 ASSESSMENT OF SIGNIFICANCE OF IMPACTS (CRITERIA FOR DETERMINING SIGNIFICANCE, ASSIGNING SIGNIFICANCE) & MITIGATION MEASURES

For assessing the impact, the baseline data of environmental status were considered. The change in the environmental parameters due to manufacturing activities of the industry has been superimposed on the status data

Table 4.11 Environmental Impact Assessments Environmental

Attributes Cause Impact Characteristics

Nature Duration Reversibility Significance, Mitigative Measures

ACTIVITY: Handling & Charging of Raw Materials/Products Air Quality (Fugitive Emissions)

Handling operations for transfer, charging of raw materials, final product- manually or through pipeline: spillage, fugitive dust / vapor emission and leakage due to improper flanges connection or gland Leaks.

Direct Negative

Long Term

Irreversible Each & Every process emission will be passed through scrubber and finally released in to atmosphere through adequately designed stack height. Preventive maintenance will be done so as to prevent any leakage and spillage and thereby reducing the fugitive emission sources. Storage tank will be provided with level gauge, dyke wall, automated loading and unloading for the chemicals to avoid human contact. All storage tanks will be designed and placed according to the Industrial Safety & Health Department. Regular Work Place Monitoring, Ambient Air, Stack Air Monitoring to be done.

Water, Land Generation of wastewater from the Manufacturing

Direct Negative

Long Term

irreversible High; Waste Water to be treated at the in house ETP with Zero Liquid Discharge Technology.

Generation of Domestic Waste Water

Direct Negative

Long Term

Reversible Domestic effluent (sewage) will be treated in the septic tank follows soak pit. This treated domestic waste water will be used within premises for Horticulture & Garden.

Noise Generation

Generation of Noise from the operation of DG Set and Process machinery.

Direct Negative

Long Term

Reversible DG Sets to be Acoustically Enclosed. Moreover, the workers of that area to be provided PPE (Ear Plugs and the use of PPE will be ensured by the management

ACTIVITY: Operation of Boiler & other Machinery Air Quality Emission of

pollutants (PM, SO2, NOx) along with flue gas after combustion

Direct Negative

Long Term

Reversible Bagasse dust/wood waste to be utilized as a fuel for the Boiler So, bag Filter & Air pre heater will be installed as APCM on boiler.




of the fuel for steam generation in the Boiler And emission of VOC, & EO from process gas stacks.

The flue gas will be emitted into the atmosphere through stacks of Boiler with height of 30 m &stack of D.G. set with height of 11 m. The process gas will be emitted into the atmosphere through three process stack with 11 m height.

Waste water Generation of blow down from Boiler

Direct Negative

Long Term

irreversible To be treated in the ETP along with other industrial effluent.

Noise Noise generation due to operation of Boiler,& DG Set

Direct Negative

Long Term

Reversible Noise Generation due to operation of the Pumps & Draft Fans. Anti Vibration pads will be provided wherever necessary. Preventive Maintenance to be done and PPE like ear plugs to be provided

Solid Waste Annual Maintenance for cleaning the Heater tubes - solid waste generation during the cleaning up operation.

Direct Negative

Long Term

Reversible The solid waste generated will be sent to TSDF site for disposal along with other hazardous waste.

ACTIVITY: Operation & Maintenance of Domestic Utilities Water Operation of

Washroom, toilets - Wastewater generation

Direct Negative

Long Term

Reversible Domestic effluent (sewage) will be treated in septic tank via soak pits.

ACTIVITY: Operation & Maintenance of ETP Water Treatment of

wastewater Generation of Haz. waste

Direct Negative

Long Term

Reversible Waste Water to be treated at the in-house ETP with ZLD technology. The hazardous waste will be sent to secured land fill facility for final disposal

Air Quality Dosing of treatment chemicals

Direct Negative

Long Term

Reversible To ensure proper handling & dosing of treatment chemicals

Land Storage of the treatment chemicals, wastes, within the premises - Separate storage area provision

Direct Negative

Long Term

Reversible Designated storage area with proper roof and impervious flooring to avoid soil contamination due to leachate infiltration during Monsoon. Leachate collection, conveyance to ETP. Hazardous wastes are to be disposed as per the hazardous waste authorization requirements.

ACTIVITY: Storage Facilities Land Handling operations

of the solid waste, unloading and loading. Collection of the spilled material, storage and loading the same into the trucks, for disposal.

Direct Negative

Long Term

Reversible Management will ensure good practices during transfer operations to avoid any spillage of the solid wastes. Use of PPE's by workers




Air quality Emissions into the atmosphere due to the storage of chemicals during storage resulting in odor nuisance

Direct Negative

Long Term

Reversible Bag filter to be installed for collection of fumes.

Land Transfer of material from drums – spillage / Leakage of material during loading, unloading and transfer, due to gland leakage of pumps, flange leakage in pipelines and due to manual operation. - Generation of solid waste of Spillage clean-up of the material using Water, sand / gypsum and treatment of the wash water.

Direct Negative

Long Term

Reversible Regular maintenance of pumps and flange connections in pipelines should be ensured by the management. Impervious flooring to be provided to avoid contact of spilled material with soil. Dyke walls to be constructed

ACTIVITY: Storage of Raw Materials/Products Land , Water Storage of all the

solid raw materials in the plant area in Drums / HDPE bags and transfer to the operational / processing area – spillage, disposal of used bags.

Direct Negative

Long Term

Reversible Chemicals shall be stored, by taking necessary measures to avoid contamination of Land & water during monsoon. Ensure safe disposal of the empty containers & liners to registered/approved recyclers. Relevant records to be -maintained.

Land, Water Storage of all the liquid raw materials within the plant area and transfer to the operational / processing area – spillage / leakage, disposal of used drums.

Direct Negative

Long Term

Reversible Chemicals shall be stored, by taking necessary measures to avoid contamination of Land & Water during monsoon and ensure safe disposal of the empty drums to registered/approved recyclers. Relevant records to be maintained. Dyke Walls to be made at storage tanks with valve & Pump arrangements to contain spillages &Leakages.

ACTIVITY: Transportation of Raw Materials/Products, Hazardous Wastes Transportation Transportation of all

the raw materials, finished products and hazardous wastes

Direct Negative

Long Term

Reversible Trained transporters to be engaged for transport of hazardous materials, spill control & other emergency actions. MSDS of all raw materials & finished products shall be kept available at storage area & with the concerned departments.




The vehicles used for transporting hazardous materials shall follow the applicable guidelines given in The Motor Vehicles Act.

Green belt Development of green belt for mitigation of pollution, Plantation of trees within & at periphery of premises

Direct Negative

Long Term

Reversible Positive Impact due to development of a good green belt along the periphery & within the Premises.

Activity: Employment Generation Socio Economic Direct & Indirect

Employment Direct Negative

Long Term

Irreversible Positive Impact due to hiring of manpower Benefits in the form of contracts to local agencies for different services Employment generation in transport sector as local conveyance trips and trucks loadings will be handled regularly

4.5 SUMMARY The proposed project has no major adverse impact on surrounding environment. Proposed project is based on Zero Liquid Discharge norms. Adequate stack height for better dispersion of air pollutants will be provided. Hazardous waste will be sent to authorize disposal site. Appropriate soil conservation measures associated with improved construction techniques would minimize the impacts. Proper upkeep and maintenance of vehicles will reduce the impact on air environment. Domestic waste as well as construction debris will cause adverse health impact. Adequate arrangements for proper drainage and disposal of wastewater. Annual bio-monitoring of roadside plants exposed to vehicular pollution will be done to check the dust load and Air Pollution Tolerance Index (APTI). Rs. 6.00 Lakhs has been allocated for air pollution control measures. Air treatment technology will manage aerial emission prior to discharge to the atmosphere via a stack. Wet Scrubber will be installed. The industrial effluent will have high COD and toxic elements which cause ill effect on human health and soil. Adequate numbers of rainwater harvesting pits at selected locations will be constructed, which will catch the maximum run-off from the area. A budget of Rs. 1.50 Lakhs is allotted for Rain water harvesting/recharging. The effluent will be treated in ETP and budget of Rs. 6.00 Lakhs allotted for this. Top soil will be stacked separately and will be used for green belt. Design and layout of building to minimize transmission of noise, segregation of particular items of plant and to avoid reverberant areas all efforts will be put-up by the project proponent to maintain the ecological balance and improve the environment in terms of ecology, Green Belt will be developed in surrounding of plant. Budget of Rs. 1.50 Lakhs is allotted for green belt development. A budget of Rs.20.00 Lakhs as capital and Rs. 10.00 Lakhs/Annum as recurring cost for EMP. Positive impact will be on Socio economic environment. The budget for CSR has been prepared of Rs. 8.00 Lakhs for development of locals and surrounding villages. Proper PPE’s will be provided to all the workers, budget of Rs. 2.00 Lakhs is allotted for OH&S.

--------------------------OO--------------------------




CHAPTER 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITE (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.0 INTRODUCTION No alternate site has been proposed for our Drug Manufacturing Unit at Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh by M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. (Area 1370 m2) production capacity 30 Tons/Month, because site is already situated in notified industrial area. Land allotment paper has been attached as Annexure II. 5.1 ALTERNATIVE FOR TECHNOLOGY AND OTHER PARAMETERS Some alternatives considered during EIA study are discussed below:

Table 5.1: Alternative for Technology and other Parameters Sl.

No. Particular Proposed

option Alternative Option

Remarks

1. Technology Automated Machineries

API Manufacturing machineries

Automated Machineries preferred. Benefits: • Electric Power Requirement • Minimal noise will be generated • Minimal air pollution will be generated • More efficient and accurate

2. Employment Local employment

Outsource employment

Local employment is preferred. Benefits: • Provides employment to local people along with financial benefits • No residential building/housing is required on site

3. Water requirement

The water requirement of the unit will be met from Borewell water.

Bore well Water Permission from CGWB is Applied.

Benefits: • No change in the surface water or

ground water quality.

Unit proposes to manufacture various Bulk Drugs & Drug Intermediates (Synthetic Organic Chemical) and manufacturing process involves various chemical reactions and physical operations. For the proposed products, unit will adopt latest and best technology available so far in the market Moreover, the unit is very concerns and conscious about the product quality and equally about the environmental protection and resource conservation; and hence they put their efforts for replacing/ upgrading their existing plant and machineries from time to time with the best available technology.

--------------------------OO--------------------------




CHAPTER-6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.0 INTRODUCTION Environmental Monitoring is an essential tool for sustainable development and ensuring effective most implementation and monitoring of Environmental management plan and mitigation measures. It is also very essential to keep updating the environmental management system for effective conservation of environment along with ongoing project activities/operation. The environment monitoring plan enables environmental management system with early sign of need for additional action and modification of ongoing actions for environment management, improvement and conservation. It provides exact idea for mitigation measures to be implemented as it is linked with actual distraction of environmental quality due to the project activities. Hence, monitoring of critical parameters of environmental quality is very essential in the routine activity schedule of project operation. An Environmental Monitoring Program will be scheduled for the following major objectives:

• Assessment of the changes in environmental conditions, if any, during the project operation/activities.

• Monitoring and tracking the effectiveness of Environment Management Plan and implementation of mitigation measures planned.

• Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to Plan additional mitigation measures

6.1 MONITORING POINTS / LOCATIONS AND COMPONENTS The environmental monitoring points will be decided considering the environmental impacts likely to occur due to the operation of proposed project as the main scope of monitoring program is to track, timely and regularly, the change in environmental conditions and to take timely action for protection of environment. The monitoring points/location and components of significance will be as par Table 6.1. 6. 1.1 Monitoring Methodologies Monitoring of environmental samples will be done as per the guidelines provided by MoEF&CC/ CPCB/SPCB. The method followed will be recommended / standard method approved / recommended by MoEF&C /CPCB/SPCB. 6.1.2 Reporting and Documentation The records of the monitoring program will be kept on regular basis for all aspects of the monitoring. Separate records for water, wastewater, solid wastes, air emission, soil and manure / compost will be prepared and preserved regularly. Immediately upon the completion of monitoring as per the planned schedule, report will be prepared and necessary documents will be forwarded to the concerned person. Methodology of monitoring (sampling and analysis) will be prepared as separate documents as SOP (standard Operating Procedure) wherever required. The records showing results / outcome of the monitoring programs will be prepared as per the requirement of the schedule mentioned above. Regularly, these documents and records will be reviewed for necessary improvement of the monitoring plan / mitigation measures / environmental technologies as well as for necessary actions of environmental management cell.

Table 6.1 Post Project Environmental Monitoring Locations S. No. Environmental Components Monitoring Points/ Location

1. Ambient Air Ambient air quality monitoring at 8 locations within the plant premises having 1 location in upwind direction and 2 locations in Downwind direction.




2. Stack Emission • At Source of emission (Stacks) from Sampling Port • Process emission in workplace area/plants (for each

area/plant minimum 2 locations and 1 location outside plant area near vent)

3. Water and Waste water • Intake Raw Water Quality • Wastewater from all sources. • Wastewater at different stages of Effluent treatment Process.

4. Noise • At all source and outside the Plant area. • At least 3 points near/around the plant Boundary.

5. Greenbelt/Vegetation Cover • Greenbelt Area at Boundary and Garden 6. Solid Waste • Process dust generated and collected as Solid wastes.

• Domestic Biological Solid waste before manuring and prepared manure/compost.

7. Soil • At least one location from area near Solid/ hazardous waste storage/ Dumping Area. • At least 2 locations from Greenbelt and area where manure of

biological waste is applied. The monitoring parameters and frequency of monitoring will be as par Table 6.2.

Table 6.2 Parameters and Frequency for Post Project Environmental Monitoring

S.No. Area of Monitoring Sampling Locations Parameters to be Analyzed Frequency of Sampling

1. Meteorology Admin block Temp., Relative Humidity, Wind Speed, Wind Direction, Rain Fall

Hourly in-house through whether station.

2. Stack Emission

Flue gas Stack PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx Twice in Month through third party.

3. Ambient Air Quality

Three location within plant premises

PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx Once in Month through third party.

4. Liquid effluent Inlet and outlet of Effluent Treatment Plant.

As per consent of CPCB/SPCB

Daily basis and Once in a month through third party.

5. Ground and Surface water

Two sampling locations in 10 Km radius.

As per IS Standards Once in a year through third party.

6. Soil Two sampling locations in Impact Area

As per consent of CPCB/SPCB

Once in year through third party.

7.

Noise Noise generating units Sound Pressure Levels (Leq)

Weekly and once in a month through third party

Four sampling locations within Plant Premises

Sound Pressure Levels (Leq)

Once in month through third party.

8. Occupational Health Monitoring

Pre employment Check up

Vision, Audiometry, Spirometry, chest Skiagram, Urin, RBS, T.B. cancer, AIDS, etc.

Once after appointment




S.No. Area of Monitoring Sampling Locations Parameters to be Analyzed Frequency of Sampling

Periodical Check up Spirometry, Urin, RBS, LFT, complete blood count, dental X ray, Anemia, etc.

<30 yrs. Once in five years 31-40 yrs. Once in four years 41-50 yrs. Once in two years Above >50 yrs. once every year

Post employment check up

Vision, Audiometry, Spirometry, chest Skiagram, Urin, RBS, T.B. Cancer, AIDS, etc.

Once before relieve.

10. Greenbelt Green belt area Number of plantation (Units), Number of Survived plants/ trees, Number of poor plants/ Trees

Ongoing- round the year

11. Socio Economic

core zone and Study area

Workers, employment pattern, CSR activities, Budget, expenses etc.

Yearly

6.1.3 Budget and Procurement Schedule On regular basis, Environment Management Cell will inspect the necessity and availability of the materials, technologies, services and maintenance works. The Cell will make appropriate budget for the purpose. Regular record review for any change in financial requirement of environment management will be done and appropriate budgetary provisions will be made. Along with other budgets, Budget for environmental management will be prepared and revised regularly as per requirement. The budget will include provisions for:

• Environmental Monitoring Program • Operation and Maintenance of Environmental Technologies / Equipments • Laboratory works for Environmental management activities • Emergency Purchase of necessary material, equipments, tools, services • Greenbelt development • Social and Environmental Welfare and Awareness programs / training (CSR) • Annual Environmental Audit.

Capital cost of Project of the purposed project is Rs. 294.41 Lakhs. A budget of Rs. 8.00 Lakhs for Environmental Social Responsibility, budget of Rs 2.00 Lakhs for Occupational Health and Safety and budget of Rs. 20.00 Lakhs as capital cost and Rs. 10.00 Lakhs as recurring cost for EMP are incurred by Project Proponent. For monitoring of Air, water, Soil and Noise a budget of Rs. 4.00 Lakhs is allotted. The detail of EMP is given in Chapter 10 of this EIA/EMP report. 6.2 SUMMARY The environment monitoring plan enables environmental management system with early sign of need for additional action and modification of ongoing actions for environment management, improvement and conservation. The environmental monitoring points will be decided considering the environmental impacts likely to occur due to the operation of proposed project as the main scope of monitoring program is to track, timely and regularly, the change in environmental conditions and to take timely action for protection of environment Monitoring of environmental samples will be done as per the guidelines provided by MoEF&CC/CPCB/SPCB. Separate records for water, wastewater, solid wastes, air emission, soil and manure/ compost will be prepared and preserved regularly. Along with other budgets, Budget for environmental management will be prepared and revised regularly as per requirement.

--------------------------OO--------------------------




CHAPTER-7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION As project comes under notified industrial area at UPSIDC Industrial area, Phase-1, public hearing is not required as par EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006. 7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT 7.2.1 Risk Assessment & Damage Control Risk assessment is the determination of quantitative and qualitative value of risk related to a concrete situation and a recognized threat. Activities requiring assessment of risk due to occurrence of most probable instances of hazard and accident are both onsite and off-site. 7.2.2 Maximum Credible Accident Analysis (MCA) Increasing fatal accidents that have occurred during transportation, Handling, operation, Process have to be taken into consideration and, therefore have prompted the Ministry of Environment and Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Government of India, to make Risk Assessment a mandatory requirement for all Industry sector. MCA stands for Maximum Credible Accident or in other words, an accident with maximum damage distance, which is believed to be probable.MCA analysis, does not include quantification of the probability of occurrence of an accident. In practice the selection of accident scenarios for MCA analysis is carried out on the basis of engineering judgment and expertise in the field of risk analysis especially in accident analysis. 7.2.2.1 Methodology of MCA Analysis The MCA analysis involves ordering and ranking of various sections in terms of potential vulnerability. The data requirements for MCA analysis are:

Operating manual Flow diagram and P&Id diagrams Detailed design parameters Physical and chemical properties of all the chemicals Detailed plant layout Detailed area layout Past accident data Analysis

7.2.2.2 Following steps are involved in the MCA analysis: Identification of potential hazardous sections and representative failure cases Visualization of release scenarios considering type and the quantity of the

hazardous material Damage distance computations for the released cases at different wind velocities

and atmospheric stability classes for heat radiations and pressure waves 7.2.3 Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment (HAZID-HIRA) The Ferro alloy manufacturing industry is intensive and uses large scale and potentially hazardous manufacturing processes. Some examples of such hazards likely to occur in proposed Project activity includes Induction Furnace, Uncontrolled reaction in the reaction vessel, at M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt Ltd are given below. These mainly impact on those working within the industry, although health hazards can also impact on local communities.

Fire & Explosion Physical Hazards due conveyor system, material handling Fugitive Dust of Raw Material Handling at charging bay, storage yard, Collapse of Structures/Fall of Material, stacking failure Loading/ Unloading failures Electrocution/ Electrical Hazards Accidental Spillage of hot molten metal Metal dust & fumes exposure




7.2.3.1 Thermal radiation Table 7.1 Enlists damage consequences due to different Heat Loads are given below:

Table 7.1 List of Damages Envisaged at Various Heat Loads Sr. No.

Heat loads (kW/m²)

Type of Damage Intensity Damage to Equipment Damage to People

1 37.5 Damage to process equipment 100% lethality in 1 min. 1% lethality in 10 sec

2 25.0 Minimum energy required to ignite wood

50% Lethality in 1 min. Significant injury in 10 sec

3 19.0 Maximum thermal radiation intensity allowed on thermally unprotected equipment

--

4 12.5 Minimum energy required to melt plastic tubing

1% lethality in 1 min

5 4.0 -- First degree burns, causes pain for exposure longer than 10 sec

6 1.6 -- Causes no discomfort on long exposures

Source: World Bank (1988). Technical Report No. 55: Techniques for Assessing Industrial Hazards. , Washington, D.C: The World Bank.

7.2.3.2 Physical Hazards onsite

Accident due to Conveyor feeding system Slip/Trip/ Fall due to improper stacking of material Contact with Hot molten metal

7.2.3.3 Loading/Unloading operation/ Storage Area Approach of heavy good vehicles for unloading material Cleaning of overflows Unauthorized passages ,travelling over transportation system Unclean platforms causing staggering and falls

7.2.3.4 D.G Set area Fire in Oil HSD storage yard Contact with Equipment resulting burns or electric shock Leaking fuel causing fire or slipping hazard Burns from contact with hot engine Air Pollution

7.2.3.5 Reaction vessel area Uncontrolled Reaction/Exothermic Runaway reaction Thermal Run away reaction may occur Explosion due to high Temperature & Reaction

7.2.3.6 Chemical Exposure Standard System for the Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response" is a standard maintained by the U.S.-based National Fire Protection Association. "fire diamond" used by emergency personnel to quickly and easily identify the risks posed by hazardous materials. The four divisions are typically color-coded with red indicating flammability, blue indicating level of health hazard, yellow for chemical reactivity, and white containing codes for special hazards. Each of health, flammability and reactivity is rated on a scale from 0 (no hazard) to 4 (severe risk). The numeric values in the first column are designated in the standard by "Degree of Hazard" using Arabic numerals (0, 1, 2, 3, 4)

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flammability

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Health

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reactivity_(chemistry)




Table 7.2 NFPA 704: Hazardous Material Classification Sl. No. Material Handled NFPA Classification Product Material

1. Diclofenace Health: 3 Flammability: 1 Reactivity: 0

2. Aceclofenace Health: 1 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

3. 3-Nitro Acetophenone Health: 0 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0

Other Chemicals 4. Sulfuric Acid Health: 3

Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 2

5. Nitric Acid Health: 4 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0

6. Toluene Health: 2 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0

7. Methanol Health: 1 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0

8. Acetophenone Health: 1 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

9. 2,6 Dichloro phenol Health: 3 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0

10. Pottasium Carbonate Health: 2 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0

11. Aniline Health: 3 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

12. Alluminium Chloride Health: 3 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0

13. Hydro chloric Acid Health: 3 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 1

14. Caustic Potash Health: 1 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0

15. EDTA Health: 1 Flammability: 1 Reactivity: 0

16. N-Dimethyl Amine Health: 3 Flammability: 4 Reactivity: 0

17. Tert Butyl Alcohol Health: 1




Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0

18. Chloro Acetyl Chloride Health: 3 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 1

19. Formic acid Health: 3 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

7.2.3.7 Natural and Manmade Calamities which can lead to Emergency Disaster refers to a serious disruption of the functioning of a society, causing widespread human, material, or environmental loss, which exceeds the ability of the affected society to cope using its own resources. To put it in other words, it is the occurrence of a sudden mishap/calamity/grave occurrence that disrupts the basic fabric and normal functioning of a society (or community) Earthquake The Hapur District of Uttar Pradesh area falls under the seismic zone-IV, This zone is called the High Damage Risk Zone and covers areas liable to MSK VIII. The IS code assigns zone factor of 0.24 for Zone 4. may trigger into a technological disaster, includes collapse of structures, buildings leading to fire and explosion. Earthquake cannot usually be forecasted and therefore precautions immediately prior to such event are not usually possible. Earthquake zonation map is given below in Fig No: 1.3. Major Earth Quake History in near by area

A. 10th October 1956; Bulandshar District (Uttar Pradesh), 6.2 (IMD). No fatalities were reported. The shock was also strongly felt at Delhi, where there was some minor damage.

B. 15 July 1720; The last major earthquake in the New Delhi region. Heavy damage in the city.

C. 10 Oct 1956; Bulandshar District (Uttar Pradesh),6.2 (IMD) One of the most powerful earthquakes in Uttar Pradesh struck the districts of western Uttar Pradesh at 21:01 IST. The massive shock was centred near jehangirpur in Bulandshar District. No fatalities were reported. The shock was also strongly felt at Delhi, where there was minor damage.

D. 15 September 1966; South of Moradabad, (Moradabad-Rampur Districts), 5.8 E. 29th March 1999; Near Gopeshwar (Chamoli District), Mw 6.5 (HRV) at 19:05, 115

people killed in the Gharwal region. The quake was felt very strongly in UttarPradesh, Chandigarh, Delhi and Haryana. In Haryana, one person was killed in the city of Ambala and 2 at Nakodar in the neighboring state of Punjab. Minor damage to buildings in New Delhi, most significantly in Patparganj. Minor damage also reported from Chandigarh.

F. 18 October 2007; Gautambudhnagar, Uttar Pradesh, M 3.6 at 11:24 AM, A mild earthquake struck the district of Gautambudhnagar in western Uttar Pradesh. Caused minor damage in the epicentral region.




Figure: 7.1: Earth Quake Zonation Map

Emergency recovery plan has been considered by the emergency management team as per the situation and site conditions as follows in Table No 1.5. Earthquakes usually give no warning at all. Consider following in Pre & Post Disaster Phases Before the earthquake:

Always keep the following in a designated place: bottled drinking water, nonperishable food, first-aid kit, torch-light and battery-operated radio with extra batteries.

Teach family members how to turn off electricity, gas, etc. Identify places in the house that can provide cover during an earthquake. It may be easier to make long distance calls during an earthquake. Identify an out-of town relative or friend as your family’s emergency contact. If the

family members getseparated after the earthquake and are not able to contact each other, they should contact the designated relative/friend. The address and phone number of the contactperson/relative should be with all the family members.

Safeguard your house Consider retrofitting your house with earthquake-safety measures \Reinforcing the

foundation and frame could make your house quake resistant. You may consult a reputable contractor and follow building codes.

Kutchha buildings can also be retrofitted and strengthened. During quake:

Earthquakes give no warning at all. Sometimes, a loud rumbling sound might signal Its arrival a few seconds ahead of time. Those few seconds could give you a chance To move to a safer location. Here are some tips for keeping safe during a quake. Take cover. Go under a table or other sturdy furniture; kneel, sit, or stay close to the Floor. Hold on to furniture legs for balance. Be prepared to move if your cover

moves. If no sturdy cover is nearby, kneel or sit close to the floor next to a structurally

sound Interior wall. Place your hands on the floor for balance. Do not stand in doorways. Violent motion could cause doors to slam and cause

serious injuries. You may also be hit be flying objects. Move away from windows, mirrors, bookcases and other unsecured heavy objects. If you are in bed, stay there and cover yourself with pillows and blankets Do not run outside if you are inside. Never use the lift.




If you are living in a kutcha house, the best thing to do is to move to an open area Where there are no trees, electric or telephone wires.

If outdoors: Move into the open, away from buildings, streetlights, and utility wires. Once in the

open, stay there until the shaking stops. If your home is badly damaged, you will have to leave. Collect water, food,

medicine, other essential items and important documents before leaving. Avoid places where there are loose electrical wires and do not touch metal objects

that are in touch with the loose wires. Do not re-enter damaged buildings and stay away from badly damaged structures.

If in a moving vehicle: Move to a clear area away from buildings, trees, overpasses, or utility wires, stop,

and stay in the vehicle. Once the shaking has stopped, proceed with caution. Avoid bridges or ramps that might have been damaged by the quake.

After the quake: Here are a few things to keep in mind after an earthquake. The caution you display

in The aftermath can be essential for your personal safety. Wear shoes/chappals to protect your feet from debris After the first tremor, be prepared for aftershocks. Though less intense, aftershocks Cause additional damages and may bring down weakened structures. Aftershocks Can occur in the first hours, days, weeks, or even months after the quake. Check for fire hazards and use torchlight’s instead of candles or lanterns. If the building you live in is in a good shape after the earthquake, stay inside and

listen for radio advises. If you are not certain about the damage to your building, evacuate carefully. Do not touch downed power line.

Help injured or trapped persons. Give first aid where appropriate. Do not move seriously injured persons unless they are in immediate danger of further injury. In such cases, call for help.

Remember to help your neighbours who may require special assistance-infants, the elderly, and people with disabilities.

Listen to a battery-operated radio for the latest emergency information. Stay out of damaged buildings. Return home only when authorities say it is safe. Clean up spilled medicines,

bleaches or gasoline or other flammable liquids immediately. Leave the area if you smell gas or fumes from other chemicals. Open closet and cupboard doors cautiously.

If you smell gas or hear hissing noise, open windows and quickly leave the building. Turn off the switch on the top of the gas cylinder. Look for electrical system damages - if you see sparks, broken wires, or if you smell

burning of amber, turn off electricity at the main fuse box. If you have to step in water to get to the fuse box, call an electrician first for advice.

Check for sewage and water lines damage. If you suspect sewage lines are damaged, avoid using the toilets. If water pipes are damaged, avoid using water from the tap.

Use the telephone only for emergency calls. In case family members are separated from one another during an earthquake (a

real possibility during the day when adults are at work and children are at school), develop a plan for reuniting after the disaster. Ask an out of state / district relative or friend to serve as the “family contact”. Make sure everyone in the family knows the name, address, and phone number(s) of the contact person (s).

Table No 7.3 Emergency preparedness plan Step Activity Action By Preparedness • Constitute Emergency Response Team Plant Key Person




• Identify ECC, if the identified ones are damaged • Control centers to be equipped with Alarming Communication facilities Emergency vehicles/ equipment List of emergency contacts & suppliers Medical facilities

Action during effective period

• Do not panic. Raise alarm • Avoid standing near to windows, external walls • Stand near the columns or duck under sturdy

furniture. • Assemble at emergency assembly point as there

may be aftershocks

Individual(s)

Action after effective Period (Establish Emergency Control Center. Site Main Controller to direct all activities)

• Assess situation and initiate shut down of plants (if required)

• Initiate search & rescue (if required) • Evacuation of people. • Recovery/ Rehabilitation Work • Medical care for the injured. • Supply of food and drinking water. • Temporary shelters like tents, metal sheds etc. • Repairing lines of communication and

information. • Restoring transport routes • Take head count • Activate emergency plan as situation demands • Assess damage

Main Controller, Incident Controller, Site Incident Controller, , Coordinators – Fire & Security, Safety, Material and Medical

Storm The contingency actions during storm shall be based on the weather forecasts obtained from meteorological stations and the local meteorological department. Some of the important actions to be carried out are as follows: Prior to Storm

Communication with the local meteorological department. Maintain distances from storm in order to execute preparatory actions in a shorter

time. Considering the consequences about the emergency might have on operations and

personnel. Review all operations carefully to ensure that systems in jeopardy are taken care of

or shut down. Ensure the readiness of first aiders, emergency vehicles, medical centre, medicines

etc. Metallic sheets, loose materials, empty drums and other light objects shall be

properly secured. Flush the drainage systems.

During Storm Remain calm. Avoid going outdoors. Do not seal the office completely as the suction created by the difference in

atmospheric pressure inside and outside can rip open a window or door by breaking window glass panes.




After the Storm Do not touch electric lines. Stay away from the disaster area. Take special precautions in driving vehicles since the under-pavement could cave in

due to the weight of automobile. Flood Of the various natural disasters floods are the most commonly occurring in Uttar Pradesh, affecting almost every year some part of the state or the other. Important rivers, which create floods in the State, are the Ganga the Yamuna, the Ramganga, the Gomti, the Sharda, the Ghaghra, the Rapti and the Gandak. The Ganga River basin of U.P. experiences normal rainfall in the region .from 60 cm to 190 cm of which more than 80% occur during the southwest monsoon. The rainfall increases from west to east and from south to north .Similar is the pattern of floods, the problem increases from west to east and south to north. Out of the 240.93 lakh hectares geographical area of the State about 73.06 lakh hectares is flood prone. As per the Irrigation Department's estimate, only 58.72 lakh can actually be protected. Up to March 2004, Only 16.01 lakh hectares has been protected.Flood Zonation Map of Uttar Pradesh are given below in Figure 7.2.

Figure: 7.2 Earth Quake Zonation Map

Drought Drought is another major disaster affecting the State of Uttar Pradesh. The State produces about 21 percent of all food grains of the country, and hence is agriculturally an important State. The total sown area is 25.30 million ha out of which, 17.69 million ha. is irrigated area.(66% is irrigated). Of the irrigated area, canals contribute about 25%, tube wells about 67% and ponds, lakes etc. the remaining. Thus one third of the irrigated area and the entire extent of rain fed area in the State is dependent on monsoon rains. The recharge of groundwater through rains accounts about 80 % of total recharge. The monsoon rain accounts 70-80% of the total rainfall in a year in our region. The State of U.P. has been divided into two meteorological sub-divisions, viz. U.P. East, and U.P. West. The recurrence period of highly deficient rainfall in East U.P. has been calculated to be 6 to 8 years whereas in West U.P. it is 10 years. The annual loss due to drought in the State varies depending on the severity of the drought. In the recent years, the year 2002, & 2004 were severe in terms of drought, with loss to crop, livestock and property assessed at Rs.7540 crores and Rs. 7292 crores respectively. Fires Annually, fires destroy thousands of houses especially in summer, in the rural areas of the State. Also fire accidents are a common occurrence in the urban areas.




Road and Rail Accidents There is a no good network of road in the district. The information from the police reveals that road accidents take place on road, which are related to truck, car, buses and motorcycle. Roads are affected by these accidents; there were road jams in some cases. The accidents takes place on the roads which goes from Balaghat to Gondia , Seoni, Baiher and the state highways and other roads. So, to cope with such disasters in the future some safety measures must be followed. Naxalism It is one of the organizations of aggressive communists. Naxalites enter Balaghat from Rajnandgaon border in M.P. and from Bhandara border in Maharastra. In Balaghat and Rajnandgaon district there are mainly tribal villages and villagers are of 'Gond' & 'Baiga' tribe. The villages covered by naxalites are located in dense forest area where the communication and transportation facilities are very poor. The District has a thick forest area and a tough terrain. (source :Balaghat District Disaster Management Plan) 7.2.4 General Recommendations for M/s. MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt Ltd Risk Mitigation measures for the new Installation activities require adoption of best safety practice at the respective construction zones as well as operational phase within the works boundary. In addition, the design and engineering of the proposed facilities will take into consideration of the proposed protection measures for air and water environmental as outlined in earlier Chapter. Control Rooms at plants

Control rooms shall be blast proof and shock proof The building shall be located upwind of the process storage and handling facilities.

The building shall not be at a lower level than the tank farm. Adequate number of doors shall be provided in the control room for safe exit Smoke detectors system shall be provided for control rooms at suitable locations One hydrant (minimum) for every 45m per wall of the building shall be positioned all

around the building Mitigation measure for Chemical spillage Any accumulation of water will be prevented in such vulnerable areas.

In case of minor leakages, the flow of chemical will be controlled. If there is major breakout, the area would be cut off and cordoned. Vital connections e.g. water, gas, compressed air, oxygen etc., would be cut off or

regulated as per requirement. Precautions for storage in drums or bags;

Separately stored with proper enclosures and marked, within premises in closed shed

Proper ventilation will be provided Sufficient fire extinguishers and PPE will be provided Flame proof fittings will be provided Smoking will be prohibited

Electrical safety at Plant Adequately rated and quick response circuit breakers, aided by reliable and selective

digital or microprocessor based electromagnetic protective relays would be incorporated in the electrical system design for the proposed activities.

The metering and instruments would be of proper accuracy class and scale dimensions.

General Recommendation for Fire Fighting Facilities All the fire extinguisher system will be controlled by the Security Department. Safety department will consist of qualified safety manager, safety officer and supporting staff.

Portable fire extinguishers Fire Buckets




Table No 7.4 General Recommendations for Fire Fighting Facilities onsite S. No. Name of site Type of Extinguisher

1 Cable galleries CO2 Type

2 High voltage panel CO2 & Foam type, Dry chemical powder

3 Control rooms CO2 & Foam type, Dry chemical powder

4 MCC rooms CO2 & Foam type, Dry chemical powder

5 Pump Houses CO2 & Foam type, Dry chemical powder

6 Guest houses and offices Dry chemical powder, foam type

7 Godowns, Lubrication rooms, Foam type

8 Bunkers, Silo, enclosed dust collector

CO2 type, N2 type, automatic sprinkler, fixed spray nozzle(unless water reactive)

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Personal Protective equipments kept onsite are made readily available to plant personnel. Table 7.5 shows the lists of recommended Personal Protective equipments (PPE) onsite.

Table 7.5 Summary of Recommended Personal Protective Equipment According to Hazard Workplace Hazards Suggested PPE Eye and face protection

Flying particles, molten metal, gases or vapors, light radiation

Safety glasses with side-shields, protective shades, etc.

Head protection

Falling objects, inadequate height clearance, and overhead power cords

Plastic helmets for top and side impact protection

Hearing protection

Noise Hearing protectors (ear plugs or ear muffs)

Foot protection

Failing or rolling objects, points objects. Corrosive or hot liquids

Safety shoes and boots for protection against moving and failing objects, liquids and chemicals

Hand protection

Hazardous materials, cuts or lacerations, vibrations, extreme temperatures

Gloves made of rubber or synthetic material (Neoprene), leather, steel, insulation materials, etc.

Respiratory protection

Dust, fogs, fumes, mists, gases, smokes, vapors

Facemasks with appropriate filters for dust removal and air purification (chemical, mists, vapors and gases).

Single or multi-gas personal monitors, if available

Oxygen deficiency Portable or supplied air (fixed lines). Onsite rescue equipment

Body / leg protection

Extreme temperatures, hazardous materials, biological agents, cutting and laceration

Insulating clothing, body suits, aprons etc. of appropriate materials

7.2.5 Occupational Health & Safety at M/s. MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt Ltd Occupational Health & Safety Onsite as per T.o.R Point (8i-iv):

i. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of above mentioned hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved,




Table 7.6 Summary of Material Handled, Firefighting & Personal Protective Equipment According

to Type of Hazard Sl. No

Material Handled

Type of Hazard Fire fighting Personal Protection equipments and Precautions

Product Material i. Diclofenace Potential Acute Health Effects:

Very hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of ingestion. Hazardous in case of eye contact (irritant), of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (sensitizer, permeator). Severe over-exposure can result in death. Potential Chronic Health Effects: toxic material may produce general deterioration of health by an accumulation in one or many human organs.

May be combustible at high temperature SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use water spray, fog or foam. Do not use water jet.

Personal Protection: Splash goggles. Lab coat. Dust respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves. Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Dust respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoid inhalation of the product. Suggested protective clothing might not be sufficient; consult a specialist BEFORE handling this product.

ii. Acelofenace Store away from direct sunlight. When heated to decomposition it emits acrid smoke and fumes.

Potential Acute Health Effects: Very hazardous in case of eye contact (irritant). Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant). Slightly hazardous in case of ingestion, of inhalation. Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Potential Chronic Health Effects: Very hazardous in case of eye contact (irritant). Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant). Slightly hazardous in case of ingestion, of inhalation.

Combustible. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use water spray, fog or foam. Do not use water jet.

Splash goggles. Full suit. Boots. Gloves. Protective clothing .

iii. 3-Nitro Acetophenone

This product does not contain any hazardous materials with occupational exposure limits established by the region specific regulatory bodies

Water spray. Carbon dioxide (CO2). Dry chemical. chemical foam

As in any fire, wear self-contained breathing apparatus pressure-demand, MSHA/NIOSH (approved or equivalent) and full protective gear




Sl. No

Material Handled


Other Chemicals iv. Sulfuric Acid

Hygroscopic. Strong oxidizer. Reacts violently with water and alcohol especially when water is added to the product

Potential Acute Health Effects: Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant, permeator), of eye contact (irritant, corrosive), of ingestion, of inhalation. Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damage particularly on mucous membranes of eyes, mouth and respiratory tract. Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalation of the spray mist may produce severe irritation of respiratory tract, characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness of breath. Severe over-exposure can result in death. Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skin inflammation is characterized by itching, scaling, reddening,or, occasionally, blistering. Potential Chronic Health Effects: CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified 1 (Proven for human.) by IARC, + (Proven.) by OSHA. Classified A2 (Suspected for human.) by ACGIH.

Non-flammable Not applicable

Face shield. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves. Boots Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoid inhalation of the product.

v. Nitric Acid Potential Acute Health Effects: Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant, permeator), of eye contact (irritant, corrosive), of ingestion, . Slightly hazardous in case of inhalation (lung sensitizer). Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damage particularly on mucous membranes of eyes, mouth and respiratory tract. Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalation of the spray mist may produce severe irritation of respiratory tract, characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness of breath. Prolonged exposure may result in skin burns and ulcerations. Over-exposure by

Non-flammable. Personal Protection: Face shield. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves. Boots. Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoid inhalation of the product.




Sl. No

Material Handled


inhalation may cause respiratory irritation. Severe over-exposure can result in death. Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skin inflammation is characterized by itching, scaling, reddening, or, occasionally, blistering. Potential Chronic Health Effects: The substance may be toxic to lungs, mucous membranes, upper respiratory

vi. Toluene Potential Acute Health Effects: Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (permeator). Potential Chronic Health Effects: The substance may be toxic to blood, kidneys, the nervous system, liver, brain, central nervous system (CNS).Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage

Flammable Flammable liquid, insoluble in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use water spray or fog

Personal Protection: Splash goggles. Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves. Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoid inhalation of the product.

vii. Metahnol Potential Acute Health Effects: Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (permeator). Severe over-exposure can result in death. Potential Chronic Health Effects: Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (sensitizer). The substance is toxic to eyes. The substance may be toxic to blood, kidneys, liver, brain, peripheral nervous system, upper respiratory tract, skin, central nervous system (CNS), optic nerve. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage. Repeated exposure to a highly toxic material may produce general deterioration of health by

Flammable Flammable liquid, soluble or dispersed in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use alcohol foam, water spray or fog

Personal Protection: Splash goggles. Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoid inhalation of the product.




Sl. No

Material Handled


an accumulation in one or many human organs

viii. Acetophenone

Potential Acute Health Effects: Very hazardous in case of eye contact (irritant). Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant). Slightly hazardous in case of ingestion, of inhalation. Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Potential Chronic Health Effects: Very hazardous in case of eye contact (irritant). Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant). Slightly hazardous in case of ingestion, of inhalation.

Combustible SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use water spray, fog or foam. Do not use water jet

Splash goggles. Lab coat. Gloves. Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Boots. Gloves. Suggested protective clothing might not be sufficient; consult a specialist BEFORE handling this product.

ix. 2,6 Dicholoro Phenol

Causes burns by all exposure routes. Product is a corrosive material. Use of gastric lavage or emesis is contraindicated. Possible perforation of stomach or esophagus should be investigated: Ingestion causes severe swelling, severe damage to the delicate tissue and danger of perforation

Water spray. Carbon dioxide (CO2). Dry chemical. chemical foam

Wear appropriate protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles as described by OSHA's eye and face protection regulations in 29 CFR 1910.133 or European Standard EN166. Wear appropriate protective gloves and clothing to prevent skin exposure

x. Potassium Carbonate

Potential Acute Health Effects: Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case of eye contact (corrosive). Potential Chronic Health Effects: The substance is toxic to mucous membranes. The substance may be toxic to skin, eyes. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage

Non-flammable Personal Protection: Splash goggles. Lab coat. Dust respirator. Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Dust respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoid inhalation of the product.

xi. Aniline Potential Acute Health Effects: Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant, permeator), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Severe overexposure can result in death. Potential Chronic Health Effects:

Combustible SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use water spray, fog or foam. Do

Personal Protection: Splash goggles. Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Boots.




Sl. No

Material Handled


Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (sensitizer). CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified A3 (Proven for animal.) by ACGIH. Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. The substance may be toxic to blood, kidneys, liver, bladder, spleen, cardiovascular system, central nervous system (CNS). Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage.

not use water jet Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoid inhalation of the product.

xii. Aluminium Chloride

Potential Acute Health Effects: Very hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive), of eye contact (irritant). The amount of tissue damage depends on length of contact. Eye contact can result in corneal damage or blindness. Skin contact can produce inflammation and blistering. Inhalation of dust will produce irritation to gastro-intestinal or respiratory tract, characterized by burning, sneezing and coughing. Severe over-exposure can produce lung damage, choking, unconsciousness or death. Potential Chronic Health Effects: The substance is toxic to lungs, mucous membranes. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage. Repeated exposure of the eyes to a low level of dust can produce eye irritation. Repeated skin exposure can produce local skin destruction, or dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of dust can produce varying degree of respiratory irritation or lung damage. Repeated exposure to a highly toxic material may produce general deterioration of health by

Non-flammable Personal Protection: Splash goggles. Synthetic apron. Vapor and dust respirator. Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor and dust respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus.




Sl. No

Material Handled


an accumulation in one or many human organs

xiii. HCL Potential Acute Health Effects: Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant, permeator), of eye contact (irritant, corrosive), of ingestion, . Slightly hazardous in case of inhalation (lung sensitizer). Non-corrosive for lungs. Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damage particularly on mucous membranes of eyes, mouth and respiratory tract. Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalation of the spray mist may produce severe irritation of respiratory tract, characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness of breath. Severe over-exposure can result in death. Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skin inflammation is characterized by itching, scaling, reddening, or, occasionally, blistering. Potential Chronic Health Effects: Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (sensitizer). CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified 3 . The substance may be toxic to kidneys, liver, mucous membranes, upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes, Circulatory System, teeth.

Non-flammable Personal Protection: Face shield. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoid inhalation of the product.

xiv. Caustic potash

Potential Acute Health Effects: Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant), of eye contact (irritant, corrosive), of ingestion, of inhalation. The amount of tissue damage depends on length of contact. Eye contact can result in corneal damage or blindness. Skin contact can produce inflammation and blistering. Potential Chronic Health Effects: The substance may be toxic to upper respiratory tract, skin,

Non-flammable. Personal Protection: Splash goggles. Synthetic apron. Vapor and dust respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves. Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor and dust respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used




Sl. No

Material Handled


eyes. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage. Repeated exposure of the eyes to a low level of dust can produce eye irritation. Repeated skin exposure can produce local skin destruction, or dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of dust can produce varying degree of respiratory irritation or lung damage

to avoid inhalation of the product.

xv. EDTA Potential Acute Health Effects: Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Potential Chronic Health Effects: The substance may be toxic to upper respiratory tract, skin, eyes. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage

May be combustible at high temperature SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use water spray, fog or foam. Do not use water jet.

Personal Protection Safety glasses. Lab coat. Dust respirator. Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Dust respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoid inhalation of the product.

xvi. N-Dimetyl Amine

Potential Acute Health Effects: Very hazardous in case of ingestion, of inhalation. Hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant, permeator), of eye contact (irritant). Potential Chronic Health Effects: Very hazardous in case of ingestion, of inhalation. Hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant, permeator), of eye contact (irritant). Non-sensitizer for skin.

Flammable Flammable liquid, soluble or dispersed in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use alcohol foam, water spray or fog. Cool containing vessels with water jet in order to prevent pressure build-up, autoignition or explosion


xvii. Tert Butanol Potential Acute Health Effects: Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant, permeator), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Potential Chronic Health Effects: prolonged exposure is not known to aggravate medical condition

Flammable Flammable liquid, soluble or dispersed in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use alcohol foam, water spray or fog

Personal Protection: Splash goggles. Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoid




Sl. No

Material Handled

Type of Hazard Fire fighting Personal Protection equipments and Precautions inhalation of the product.

xviii. Chloro Acetyl Chloride

Potential Acute Health Effects: Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation (lung irritant). Corrosive to skin and eyes on contact. Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damage particularly on mucous membranes of eyes, mouth and respiratory tract. Potential Chronic Health Effects: The substance may be toxic to eyes, central nervous system (CNS), ears, nose/sinuses, throat. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage. Repeated or prolonged contact with spray mist may produce chronic eye irritation and severe skin irritation. Repeated or prolonged exposure to spray mist may produce respiratory tract irritation leading to frequent attacks of bronchial infection

May be combustible at high temperature


xix. Formic Acid Potential Acute Health Effects: Very hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant, corrosive), of ingestion, . Hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, permeator). Slightly hazardous in case of inhalation (lung sensitizer). Non-corrosive for lungs. Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damage particularly on mucous membranes of eyes, mouth and respiratory tract. Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalation of the spray mist may produce severe irritation of respiratory tract, characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness of breath. Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skin inflammation is characterized by itching, scaling, reddening, or, occasionally, blistering.

Combustible SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use water spray, fog or foam. Do not use water jet.





M/s. MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt Ltd. will adopt suitable measures for the proper occupational health safety of workers complying to OSHA standards. Permissible Exposure Level (PEL) of various Materials Handled onsite are listed below in Table No 1.12

• Check of the effectiveness of preventive and control measures on regular basis. • Adequate supplies of potable drinking water is to be provided .Water supplied to

areas of Plant food preparation or for the purpose of personal hygiene (washing or bathing) are according to drinking water quality standards

• Where there is potential for exposure to harmful dusts by ingestion arrangements are to be made for clean eating areas, where workers are not exposed to the hazardous or noxious substances

• Periodic medical hearing checks are to be performed on workers exposed to high noise levels

• Provisions are to be made to provide OHS orientation training to all new employees to ensure they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at / on the site and of personal protection and preventing injury to fellow employees

• Contractors that have the technical capability to manage the occupational health and safety issues of their employees are to be hired, extending the application of the hazard management activities through formal procurement agreements

• Ambulances and First aid treatment facilities are made available for any emergency situation

Table 7.7 PEL level Summary of Hazardous chemicals handled At M/s. MGL Pharma & Chemicals

Pvt Ltd Chemical Name

OSHA PEL Cal/OSHA PEL NIOSH REL ACGIH

SL No. Mg/m3 8-hour TWA (ST) STEL (C) Ceiling Mg/m3

Up to 10-hour TWA (ST) STEL (C) Ceiling Mg/m3

TLV

1. Sulfuric Acid 1 (mg/m3) 3 (mg/m3) 2. Nitric Acid 2ppm 4ppm 4 (ppm) 3. Toleuene 300ppm 560ppm 50 ppm 4. Methanol 200 ppm 250ppm 250ppm 5. Aniline 19mg/m3 5 mg/m3 7.6 mg/m3 6. HCL 5 (ppm) 5ppm 7. Di methyl Amine 10ppm 8. Ter Butanol 300 mg/m3 450 mg/m3 300 mg/m3 9. Choro Acetyl chloride 0.05ppm 0.5 ppm 10. Formic Acid 5 ppm 5ppm 10ppm

Reference- OSHA/PEL exposure limit Guide

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometrv. Vision testing (Far & near vision. color vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

Workers' health shall be evaluated by pre designed format, given below for chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometrv, Vision testing (Far & Near vision. color vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations that will give the details of the same.




Table 7.8 Specific Health status (Periodical Examination Format)

Spirometry Tests

Year Total Manpower

FVC (litres) FEV 1 FEV 1/

FVC % PEFR Conclusion

Investigations Tests

YEAR Total Manpower

Blood ( CBC)

Blood Sugar ( F& PP) Lipid profile URINE

( R&M ) Audiometry Tests

YEAR Total Manpower

Audiometry done Normal Abnormal Conclusion

iii. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to

Occupational Health and Safety. Annual report of health will be reviewed for M/s. MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt Ltd, manpower once the facility the proposed activity is operational as per above given formats.

iv. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers.

Necessary required budgetary allocation will be kept for to ensure safety of all Employees including contract & casual workers. 7.2.6 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 7.2.6.1 INTRODUCTION TO THE TERM “DISASTER” The term “Disaster” refer to extensive damage of property and serious disruption both inside, outside the work system and its surrounding that can be natural or human interfered. Emergency may be caused by a number of different factors, e.g. plant failure it will normally manifest itself in three basic forms viz fire, explosion or toxic release and requires the assistance of emergency control services to handle mass devastation effectively. 7.2.6.2 NEED OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT The aim of Disaster management plan is concerned with preventing accidents through following guidelines of good design practice, operation, maintenance and inspection, by which it is possible to reduce the risk of an accident. Since it is known to all it is not possible to eliminate entire risk since, absolute safety is not achievable. After Assessing and quantifying the possible scenarios, consequence analysis approach to emergency preparedness and emergency planning delineates Disaster Management Plan for both on-site and off-site. These plans are needed to be implemented in the event of a disaster.

Table 7.9 Identified Disaster Scenario at MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt Ltd #

Name of possible Hazard and

Source and Reasons

Effect on Persons and Environment

Place of Effect Control Measures Provided

1.

Fire

Transformer Transfer oil short circuit etc.

Electrical power failure Production hindrance Loss of transformer

Transformer near power control centre

* Fire Fighting Equipment's

* Graved bed for oil spillage or soaking isolated fenced area * Lightening arrestor nearby * DG set for emergency power supply

Physical Examination Tests

YEAR Total Manpower Pulse ECG BP Right

Eye Left Eye

Color Blindness Squint




2. Fire & Toxic chemical spillage

Natural Disaster, Earthquakes, Lightening, war.

Production hindrance Trapping under debris, death Chemical burn Toxic chemical spillage

Whole factory & population nearby

* Hydrant system * First aid available * Smoking prohibited inside the factory * Security at all the time guarding important locations

3.

Fire & smoke

Fire in storage tank

Burns Storage tank catching fire Production hindrance

Tank area * Adequate earthing Tanker unloading permit * Unauthorized person not allowed to enter * Breathing Apparatus for rescue operations *Alarm system for indicating unusual incidence

7.2.6.3 OBJECTIVE OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN The objective of Disaster Management plan is to give a broad framed layout to tackle emergency situation that may lead to a hazardous situation. It defines detail organizational responsibilities, actions, reporting requirements, broad and specific key roles and responsibilities of personal with Organograms and organisation charts. The overall objectives of the emergency plan will be: Ensure safety of people, protect the environment To ensure localization of risk To minimize and reduce the effects of the accident on people and property. Immediate response to emergency scene with effective communication network and organized procedures To obtain and mitigate early warning of emergency conditions so as to prevent impact on personnel, assets and environment To prevent injuries by following proper onsite, offsite emergency plans that can protect personnel from the hazard 7.2.6.4 PHASES OF DISASTER There are various phases of Disaster including pre and Post Management of Hazardous Event that may or has occurred. Warning Phase Emergencies /disasters are generally preceded by warnings during which preventive measures may be initiated. For example uncontrollable build-up of pressure in process equipment, weather forecast give warning about formation of vapour cloud, equipment failure etc. Period of Impact Phase This is the phase when emergency /disaster actually strike and preventive measures may hardly be taken. However, control measures to minimise the effects may be taken through a well-planned and ready-to-act disaster management plan already prepared by organization. The duration may be from seconds to days. Rescue Phase This is the phase when impact is almost over and efforts are concentrated on rescue and relief measures. Relief Phase In this phase, apart from organization and relief measures internally, depending on severity of the disaster, external help are also to be summoned to provide relief measures (like evacuations to a safe place and providing medical help, food clothing etc.). This phase will continue till normalcy is restored. Rehabilitation Phase This is the final and longest phase. During which measures required to put the situation back to normal as far as possible are taken. Checking the systems, estimating the damages, repair of




equipments and putting them again into service are taken up. Help from revenue/insurance authorities need to be obtained to assess the damage, quantum of compensation to be paid etc. 7.2.6.5 KEY ELEMENTS 7.2.6.5.1 Basis of Plan Hazard Identification necessitates preparation and planning the prevention and methods by which accidental failure can be tackled without much damage to life. HAZID-HIRA and consequence analysis combines and requires planning for the following: Hazards from spread of fire or release of flammable from storage and process units Hazards due to formation of pressure waves due to vapour cloud explosion of flammable gases 7.2.6.5.2 Emergency planning and Response procedure The Emergency Response Plan is plan for dealing with emergencies are implemented immediately whenever there is a fire, explosion, or release of a hazardous substance that threatens human health or the environment. The emergency response plan is reviewed and immediately amended whenever: The plan fails in an emergency The list of emergency contacts change The list of emergency equipment changes The facility changes in its design, construction, operation, maintenance, or other circumstances in a way that increases the potential for fire, explosions, or release of a hazardous substance Incident Response Plan It is the Frame work of addressing the emergency situation arose due to failure scenario. Incident Response Plan(IRP) and Emergency Preparedness Plan Incident Response Team (IRT) Emergency Response Team (ERT) Crisis Management Team (CMT) 7.2.6.5.3 Onsite Disaster Management Plan Disaster management plan are prepared with an aim of taking precautionary step to control the hazard propagation, avert disaster, take action after the disaster which limits the damage to the minimum and follow the on-site emergency planning. 7.2.7 Onsite Emergency Plans The onsite emergency is an unpleasant situation that causes extensive damage to plant personnel and surrounding area and its environment due to in operation, maintenance, design and human error. Onsite plan will be applied in case of new Project acivity. Following point are taken into consideration: To identify, assess, foresee and work out various kinds of possible hazards, their places, potential and damaging capacity and area in case of above happenings. Review, revise, redesign, replace or reconstruct the process, plant, vessels and control measures if so assessed. Measures to protect persons and property of processing equipments in case of all kinds of accidents, emergencies and disasters To inform people and surroundings about emergency if it is likely to adversely affect them 7.2.7.1 Disaster control Management system at M/s. MGL Pharma and Chemicals Pvt Ltd Disaster Management group plays an important role in combating emergency in a systematic manner. Schematic representation Emergency Control Management system for M/s. MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt Ltd and Chemicals is shown in Figure 7.3.




Figure 7.3: Onsite DMP - Disaster Control / Management System

7.2.7.2 Emergency Control Centre (ECC) An Emergency Control Centre (ECC) is established from which emergency operations are directed and co-ordinated. Centre will be activated as soon as on-site emergency is declared. The ECC will consist of one room, located in an area that offers minimal risk being directly exposed to possible accidents. During an emergency, the Emergency Management Staff, including the main controller will gather in the ECC. Therefore, the ECC will be equipped with adequate communication systems in the form of telephones and other equipments to allow unhampered organization and other nearby facility personnel. The ECC will provide shelter to its occupants against the most common accidents; in addition, the ECC’s communication systems will be protected from possible shutdown. The ECC will have its own emergency lighting arrangement and electric communication systems operation. The ECC will always be ready for operation and provided with the equipment and supplies necessary during the emergency such as: Hazard identification chart, All Emergency response plans Population around factory Internal telephone connections and External telephone connections A list of key personnel, with addresses, telephone numbers, etc. Hotline connection to district collector, police control room, fire brigade, Hospital etc. Public address system (PAS) MSDS of all the materials used in Plant site List of dispensaries and registered medical practitioners around factory Area map of surrounding villages Note pads and ball pens to record message received and instructions The blown up copy of Layout plan showing areas where accident has occurred Undated copies of the On-site Disaster Management Plan Emergency telephone numbers The names, phone number, and address of external agencies, response organizations and neighbouring facilities The adequate number of telephone

Controller

Incident

Controller

In-charge

Security

Medical Co-ordinator

Site Incident

Controller

(SIC)

Emergency

Liason officer

Occupational

Safety Health

Transport

Co

ordinators

Personal /

Administrative

Manager

Communication

Officer

Fire &

Officer

H.O.D (Process)




Emergency lights List of fire extinguishers with their type no. and location, capacity, etc Personal protective equipment (PPE) Safety helmets Clock Material safety data sheets for chemicals handled at the facility Several maps of the facility including drainage system for surrounding area showing: Areas where hazardous materials are stored Plant layout Plot plans of storage tanks, routes of pipelines, all water permanent lines etc. The locations where personal protective equipment are stored The position of pumping stations and other water sources Roads and plant entrances Assembly areas Lay out of Hydrant lines 7.2.7.3 Roles and Responsibility A team of following Essential persons shall be taking necessary action in case of emergency. The roles and responsibilities of these personnel are defined subsequently:

Main Controller Site Incident Controller(SIC) Incident Controller (IC) Liaison Officer Communication Officer Observer Incharge (Security) Incharge (Medical) Shift Incharge (Security)

Main Controller The Primary Controller is the employee who gives the first information about the incident/accident. He will be responsible for: To inform the Security office (Main Gate), & Engineers/Sr. Engineers / Shift In-Charges/HOD of Section of the aforesaid Department/Section from the nearest available telephone about the location and nature of incident. To assist the rescue operation as well as clear obstruction, if any, in the same. To carry out all instructions from Incident Controller. Site Incident controller (SIC) The Unit Head shall have overall responsibility for the factory and its personnel. In absence of Unit Head, Chairman OHS Committee shall assume the responsibility of Site Controller. His duties during emergency shall be: To assess the magnitude of the situation and decide if employees need to be evacuated from assembly points. To give necessary instructions to Liaison Officer, HOD(HR&A) regarding the help to be obtained from outside agencies like Fire Brigade, Police and Medical To advise Liaison Officer to pass on necessary information about the incident to News Media and ensure that the evidences are preserved for enquiry to be conducted by statutory authorities. Incident Controller(IC) The HOD of affected department shall have overall responsibility for controlling the incident and directing the personnel. Section In charge of the affected department shall assume the responsibility of Incident Controller(IC) in the absence of HOD of affected department. His duties during emergency shall be: To inform Communication Officer about the emergency, Control Center & Assembly point.




To direct all operations` within the affected area with priorities for safety of personnel, to minimize damage to the Plant and environment and to minimize loss of material. To act as Site Controller till the later arrives. To advise and provide information to Fire Squad, Security Officer and Local Fire Services when they arrive. To ensure that all non-essential persons are sent to the assembly point. Liaison Officer HOD (HR&A) shall be the Liaison officer. He shall be responsible for: - To contact Fire Brigade, Police, and Medical facilities on intimation from Site Controller & arrange for the rescue operation. To ensure that the casualties receive attention. To inform relatives of the affected employee at the earliest. To arrange for additional transport if required. To arrange for relief of personnel & organize refreshment/catering facility, in case the duration of emergency is prolonged. To issue authorized statements to news media and ensure that evidence is preserved for enquiry to be conducted. In charge (Medical) On receiving the information he will reach hospital immediately and take following actions :- He will keep necessary first aid medicines and artificial respiration equipment ready. Inform doctors at other places to be ready, for attending serious injury, burn cases and food poisoning Observer During Mock Drill for Emergency Situations they shall be placed at different locations in plant to note down the movement and action taken by people and give feed back to the Site Controller. Communication Officer In-Charge (Safety) shall act as Communication officer. He shall work from Control Centre and maintain communication between relevant personnel. He shall be responsible for: - To apprise the site controller of the situation, based on the information received, suggest the evacuation of personnel from assembly points, if needed. To arrange for suitable persons to act as runners/messengers in case of failure of communication system. To carry out any other works as assigned by Site Controller/Incident Controller Incharge - Security The Incharge (Security) shall guide the crew, according to the condition of emergency site, for the actions required to handle the emergency i.e. for fire fighting, removal of debris, arresting of dust, removal of oil soaked earth etc. He shall give instructions to Security Guards to cordon off areas as required by Incident Controller. He shall render all help to incident controller to handle the emergency and carry out the work as assigned to him. He shall be responsible for ensuring the discipline at control points and for preventing the entry of unauthorized persons inside the affected area as well as inside the factory during emergency. Shift Incharge – Security He shall be responsible for To arrange the necessary help as requested by Primary Controller. To inform Incharge (Security). To blow emergency siren, if instructed by the HOD (HR&A)/Incident Controller. To send Ambulance near accident area. To rush to the accident site with fire brigade along with available trained security persons. 7.2.7.4 Automatic Fire Detection System Unattended vulnerable premises like electrical control rooms, cable tunnels, MCC, oil cellars, etc. will be provided with automatic fire detection and alarm systems.




7.2.7.5 Manual Call Point Systems All major units and welfare/administrative building will be provide with manual call points for summoning the fire fighting crew from the fire station for necessary assistance. 7.2.7.6 Fire Station The following equipment will be provided in the fire posts.

Water tender Foam tender Portable pump Wireless set Hoses Hot line telephone

7.2.7.7 Alarm System A hooter installed at the Security Office shall be blown alternately with high and low pitch for 2 minutes to indicate major emergency in the plant. In such case, all non-essential employees are expected to gather at assembly point i.e. Company’s Main Gate/Time Office. Signal for the clearance of emergency shall be given by blowing the hooter continuously for one minute. 7.2.7.8 First Aid Fully equipped Hospital with Ambulance Van is available. Doctors and nurse are available round the clock to handle any emergency in the plant. The Ambulance shall be periodically checked through preventive maintenance programme .To ensure that the system is strictly followed, In-charge (Safety) shall cross check randomly once in a fortnight the preparedness of Ambulance as per the check list and counter sign The injured shall be shifted to nearby hospital, as per the opinion of the Medical Officer. A list of First Aid boxes is available in every department as mentioned in ECC Medical Officer shall ensure that refilling is done on monthly basis and he shall maintain a record of refilling. The names & contact numbers of trained First Aiders are provided the same is displayed at all the prominent locations in the premises. In case of Injury caused due to Hazardous Chemicals, Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) available with the user department / Hospital shall be referred. 7.2.7.9 Mock Drill For reviewing and assessing the level of preparedness, In-charge (Safety) shall conduct Mock trials twice in a year (one in each half) simulating the covered emergencies and will maintain records of the trials. The team of Prime & Deputy Responsible persons will review the records and events of the emergency preparedness trials along with the observations taken by the observer and report shall be put forward to the Site Controller. Corrective and Preventive measures, if suggested/directed, will be initiated and relevant records of the same are maintained. Fire drills will be exercised once in every six months under the leadership of Incharge (Security). The records of Fire drill will be recorded & maintained. The findings of the mock drills shall be used for improvements in preparedness and response. All team leaders shall be responsible for implementing the suggestions based on mock drill findings within reasonable time frame. 7.2.7.10 Training On a yearly basis class room training for fire fighting and mitigating measures to be adopted to reduce environmental impact & OHS risks, will be imparted covering at least 20% employee by the In-charge (Safety) and In-charge (Security). The records of the same are maintained. 7.2.7.11 Evacuation Plan To establish method of systematic, safe and orderly evacuation of all the occupants in case of fire or any emergency, in the least possible time, to a safe assembly point through nearest safe means of escape. Additionally to use available fire appliances provided for controlling or extinguishing fire and safeguarding of human life.




Facility staff will be notified of evacuation by one or more of the following method(s): Verbal, Intercom, Portable Radio, Alarm, Other Notification to emergency services to ECC Staff will follow predetermined evacuation routes and assemble at designated areas. Evacuation maps must be displayed throughout the facility. Individuals responsible for coordinating evacuations must confirm the process 7.2.8 Off-Site Emergency Planning The off-site emergency plan is an integral part of any hazard control system. It is based on those accidents identified by the works management, which could affect people and the environment outside the works. Thus, the off-site plan follows logically from the analysis that took place to provide the basis for the on-site plan and the two plans therefore complement each other. The roles of the various parties that may be involved in the implementation of an off-site plan are described below. The responsibility for the off-site plan will be likely to rest either with the works management or with the local authority. Schematic representation of various organisation involved during emergency is shown below in Figure 7.4. Either way, the plan must identify an emergency coordinating officer who would take overall command of the off-site activities. Consideration of evacuation may include the following factors: In the case of a major fire but without explosion risk (e.g. an oil storage tank), only houses close to the fire are likely to need evacuation If fire is escalating very fast it is necessary to evacuate people nearby as soon as possible In acute emergency people are advised to stay indoors and shield themselves from the fire.

Figure 7.4: Various Organizations Involved During Emergency

7.2.8.1 Organization Organizational details of command structure, warning systems, implementation procedures, emergency control centres include name and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their deputies and other key personnel involved during emergency.

7.2.8.2 Communications Identification of personnel involved, communication centre, call signs, network, list of telephone numbers.

7.2.8.3 Special Emergency Equipment Details of availability and location of heavy lifting gear, specified fire-fighting equipment, fireboats etc.

Medical Aid

Local Authority

Environmental Health

& Safety Department

District Level Emergency Committee

Plant Level Emergency Committee

Hazard works Management

Fire Departmen

Emergency Contr ol Center Chief Co - Ordinators

Police/Traffic Department

Public Education

EMERGENCY




7.2.8.4 Voluntary Organizations Details of Voluntary organizations, telephone numbers nearby of hospitals, Emergency helpline, resources etc are to be available with chief authorities.

7.2.8.5 Non-governmental Organizations (NGO) NGO’s could provide a valuable source of expertise and information to support emergency response efforts. Members of NGOs could assist response personnel by performing specified tasks, as planned during the emergency planning process. Evacuation of personnel from the affected area Arrangements at rallying posts and parking yards Rehabilitation of evacuated persons

7.2.8.6 Chemical information Details of the hazardous substances (MSDS information) and a summary of the risks associated with them will be made available at respective site.

7.2.8.7 Meteorological information There is to be arrangements for obtaining details of weather conditions prevailing at r before the time of accident and weather forecasts updates.

7.2.8.8 Humanitarian Arrangements Transport, evacuation centres, emergency feeding, treatment of injured, first aid, ambulances, temporary mortuaries.

7.2.8.9 Public Information Dealing with the media-press office Informing relatives, etc.

7.2.8.10 Assessment Collecting information on the causes of the emergency Reviewing the efficiency and effectiveness of all aspects of the emergency plan.

7.2.8.11 Role of local authority Local Authorities like Panchayat, Sabha, Samity, municipalities can help in combating emergency situation after assessing the impact scenario in rescue phase.

7.2.8.12 Role of police The police is to assist in controlling of the accident site, organizing evacuation and removing of any seriously injured people to hospitals. Co-ordination with the transport authorities, civil defence and home guards Co-ordination with army, navy, air force and state fire services Arrange for post mortem of dead bodies Establish communication centre with easy contact with ECC

7.2.8.13 Role of Fire Brigade The fire brigade shall be organized to put out fires and provide assistance as required during emergency.

7.2.8.14 Media The media is to have ready and continuous access to designated officials with relevant information, as well as to other sources in order to provide essential and accurate information to public throughout the emergency and to avoid commotion and confusion Efforts are made to check the clarity and reliability of information as it becomes available, and before it is communicated to public Public health authorities are consulted when issuing statements to the media concerning health aspects of chemical accidents Members of the media are to facilitate response efforts by providing means for informing the public with credible information about accidents involving hazardous substances




7.2.8.15 Role of health care authorities Hospitals and doctors shall be ready to treat all type of injuries to causalities during emergency. Co-ordinate the activities of Primary Health Centres and Municipal Dispensaries to ensure required quantities of drugs and equipments Securing assistance of medical and paramedical personnel from nearby hospitals/institutions Temporary mortuary and identification of dead bodies 7.2.9 CONCLUSION As discussed in above sections, adequate risk Control measures for process needs to be considered for to say that the proposed new Project Activity is not likely to cause major significant risk to onsite, offsite & environment. Suitable Mitigation Measures will be taken by M/s. MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt Ltd, Dist-Hapur, Uttar Pradesh to ensure complete workplace safety. In the event of disaster onsite, offsite and all the emergency planning procedures will be followed so as to minimise the impact on working personnel, plant surrounding and environment.

--------------------------OO--------------------------




CHAPTER 8 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.0 INTRODUCTION The proposed project is situated at Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh. The following benefits are expected due to the implementation of the said project: • The easy availability of infrastructure, man power, raw materials will reduce the production cost as

well as demand supply gap. The same will bring revenue to the state exchequer by way of Duties and Taxes.

• The development of green belt in and around the plant premises will improve on the aesthetics of the area. Moreover, it will help in reducing the noise levels within the plant boundary.

• The setting up of the proposed plant will help in providing employment to local people. • There will be an increase in indirect employment and earnings of the small time shop owners like

tea vendors, transporters, etc. • The implementation of Rain Water Harvesting Scheme will help in increasing the ground water

level of the area. The Project proponent has planned to contribute in socio-economic development of the area and will organize Blood donation camps, Education Programs, Health camps, Health awareness programs etc. and will continue to do so. 8.1 PHYSICAL BENEFITS The opening of the proposed Drug Manufacturing Unit will enhance the following physical infrastructure facilities in the adjoining areas:

a. Road Transport: There will be improved road communication due to the proposed project and maintenance will also be done time to time.

b. Market: Need for the proposed products are based on the demand and supply gap in the current market. With increasing utilization of the current products, in future, to cater the requirement of all the products, it is essential to have the proposed manufacturing unit.

c. Infrastructure: Creation of community assets (infrastructure) like Installation/ Repair of Hand Pumps/ Bore wells Gram Panchayat dug well de-siltation and deepening, as a part of corporate social responsibility.

d. Enhancement of Green Cover: Plantation of trees in villages road side and Development of nursery will be done as a part of corporate social responsibility.

e. Green Belt Development: M/s MGL Pharma & Chemical Pvt. Ltd. has proposed 452 sq.m. area for the development of green belt around periphery of the unit and in open space. Total area is 1370 sq.m. proposed for the pharma manufacturing, hence approx 33% of plant area will be developed as green belt. Total 68 Nos. tree will be planted.

f. Local Employment: This project will enhance the opportunities of employment for the local villagers near the lease area due to which their economic status become better.

g. There will be increase in some small scale businesses like tea stall, catering services/hotels, grocery, confectionery, sweet marts, cycle shop etc. around the project area.

8.2 SOCIAL BENEFITS • Local Employment: The only employment to depend on is agriculture, which is seasonal. In the




absence of any high employment potential activities, the people are economically backward. The Manufacturing unit will provide employment to local people.

• Infrastructure: The activity will benefit the local people due to provision of more infrastructural facilities such as developments of approach routes within the village area, street light, health facilities etc.

• Corporate Social Responsibility: The proposed project has planned extensive pollution control and environmental conservation measures with CSR budget for the welfare activities to contribute in improving the Rs 8.00 Lakhs and recurring budget of Rs. 2.0 Lakhs per annum. The details of CSR Budgetary plan are given in Chapter 10.

• Employment Potential: During the construction phase around 30- 50 local skilled and semi-skilled workers and during the operational phase around 33 workers including contractors will be employed;

• Increasing other business opportunities for local people as there will be scope of hiring vehicle like tractors & trolleys, bulldozers, JCB, excavators during construction and operation phase of the project;

• The positives impact include enhanced direct employment for technical/administrative works and indirect employment opportunities for transporters of raw materials and finished goods;

• Girls/women with less education will get work in packing and packaging in small containers section. 8.3 ECOLOGICAL BENEFITS The plantation will be developed as per as per CPCB guidelines. M/s MGL Pharma & Chemical Pvt. Ltd. has proposed 452 sq.m. area for the development of green belt around periphery of the unit and in open space. Total area is 1370 sq.m. proposed for the pharma manufacturing, hence approx 33% of plant area will be developed as green belt. In Green belt area, about 1500 tree per hectare (10000 sq.m.) of land will be planted as per soil quality and survival of the trees in the area. Total 68 Nos. tree will be planted. A budget of Rs. 1.50 Lakhs for Green belt development. 8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS • Project will encourage industrial growth of this sector specifically in formulation units in the region; • The company will have market growth of its own brands name in various overseas countries; • The company will cater needs of the domestic market also.

8.5 SUMMARY The proposed project is situated at Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh. The only employment to depend on is agriculture, which is seasonal. In the absence of any high employment potential activities, the people are economically backward. The Manufacturing unit will provide employment to local people. During the construction phase around 30- 50 local skilled and semi-skilled workers and during the operational phase around 33 workers including contractors will be employed. About 68 Nos. of trees will be planted. A budget of Rs. 1.50 Lakhs for Green belt development. Green belt development/plantation will be taken around the Manufacturing Unit. Rain water harvesting will also be done to improve ground water level budget of Rs. 1.50 Lakhs is allotted for this.

--------------------------OO--------------------------




CHAPTER 9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.0 PROJECT COST AND PROJECT APPRAISAL After making exhaustive study of the infrastructure available in the nearby region regards to production of drugs and their intermediates, it is considered desirable that the same project may be implemented. Project cost for the proposed scheme of production of drugs and intermediates project has been estimated to the tune of Rs. 294.41 Lakhs except working capital on the basis of the prevailing market price as given below.

Table 9.1: Project Cost S. No. Particulars Amt. (Rs. in Lakhs)

1. Land 37.00 2. Site Development/ Building 31.00 3. Environment Protection Measure 20.00 4. Plant and Machineries 201.31 5. Contingencies 5.1

Total cost of project 294.41 9.1 FINANCIAL PATTERN For the proposed scheme of production of drugs and intermediates project, the financing pattern of the estimated project cost amounting to Rs. 294.41 Lakhs has been envisaged as under:- Schedule of project implementation The estimated capital cost and financial viability of the present scheme has been worked out on the assumption that the above scheme shall be completed by the end of year. 9.2 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR POLLUTION CONTROL FACILITIES S. No. Environmental Protection Measures Capital Cost

Rs. In lakhs Recurring Cost

Rs. In lakhs/year 1 Air Pollution Control Measures 9.00 3.00 2 Water Pollution Control Measures 6.00 2.00 3 Noise Pollution Control Measures 0.50 Included in point 1 above

TOTAL 15.50 5.00 9.3: SUMMARY Profitability of project is quite attractive. Project is technically and financially viable with positive impact on the local infrastructure hence recommended for implementation.

--------------------------OO--------------------------




CHAPTER 10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.0 INTRODUCTION Any industrial development is associated with certain positive impacts as well as some negative impacts on the environment. However, the negative or adverse impacts cannot possibly rule out scientific development. At the same time adverse impacts cannot be neglected. An Environmental Management Plan shall be formulated for mitigation of the adverse impacts and is based on the present environmental conditions and the environmental impact appraisal. This plan helps in formulation, implementation and monitoring of the environmental parameters during and after commissioning of the project. The Environmental Management Plan describes in brief, the management's plan for proper and adequate implementation of treatment and control system for air and liquid pollutants and for maintaining the environment. It also includes the development of green belts in and around the plant, proper safety of the workers, noise control, fire protection systems and measures. 10.1 PURPOSE OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN The environment management plan is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental management of the project, in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the program, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every potential biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:

• To treat and dispose off all the pollutants viz. liquid, gaseous and solid waste so as to meet statutory requirements (Relevant Pollution Control Acts) with appropriate technology.

• To support and implement work to achieve environmental standards and to improve the methods of environmental management.

• To promote green-belt development. • To encourage good working conditions for employees. • To reduce fire and accident hazards. • Budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management system. • To adopt cleaner production technology and waste minimization program.

10.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT POLICY The Company is very much oblivious of its responsibility in protecting the Environment. Thus various mitigation measures as given in the report shall be taken-up and effort will be made to nullify the effect of the Project, on the Environment, if any. Any action or effort remains incomplete, if it is not monitored properly at regular intervals and corrective measures taken, wherever necessary. Regular monitoring has thus, been provided. The Company has a well defined policy to keep the Environment clean. The partner’s has decided that all effective steps shall be taken to prevent deterioration of the existing Environment. They have formed an Environment Committee committed for this cause. The Committee will consist of following persons as given in Figure 10.1.




Figure 10.1 Organization of Environment Management Cell The main aims under the said Policy are to:

• Effectively manage, monitor, improve and communicate the environmental performance. • Take all reasonable steps to prevent pollution. • Set realistic and measurable objectives and targets for continual improvement of the

environmental performance. • Ensure that all employees and contractors are trained to understand their environmental

responsibilities and create an environment that adheres to the Company’s Policies, procedures and applicable regulations.

• Hold leadership accountable for good environment performance of our operations and projects. Inherent in that accountability will be the commitment of senior management to provide resources and successfully create an appropriate environment.

• Comply fully with all relevant legal requirements, codes of practice and regulations. • Reduce, recycle and reuse natural resources. • Minimize waste and increase recycling within the framework of waste management procedures. • Identify and manage environmental risks and hazards. • The project proponent shall regularly review this policy and ensure that corrective and preventative

actions are taken in order to ensure continual improvement. • To treat all the pollutants viz. liquid and gaseous, which contribute to the degradation of the

environment, with appropriate technologies. • To comply with all regulations stipulated by the Central / State Pollution Control Boards related to

air emissions and liquid effluent discharge as per air and water pollution control laws. • To handle hazardous wastes as per the Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling Rules), 2009

of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986. • To encourage support and conduct developmental work for the purpose of achieving

environmental standards and to improve the methods of environmental management. • To create good working conditions (devoid of air and noise pollution) for employees. • To minimize fire and accident hazards. • Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management expenditure. • Preventive maintenance and regular checking of machineries and equipments. • To make continuous efforts in waste minimization. • For the equipments and pipelines, leakage detection and repair shall be scheduled to minimize

fugitive emissions. • Continuous efforts with energy audits for the reduction of fuel and energy consumption.

Top Management

General Manager

Supervisor

Worker (Safety)

Manager (EHS)

Workers (Environment)

Chemist

ETP Operator




• The system of reporting of Non-conformances/ violation of any Environmental Law/Policy will be as per quality management system. The internal audit will be conducted on periodic basis and any Non-conformances/ violation to Environmental Law/Policy will be closed and discussed during Management Review Meetings of board of directors/partners.

Environmental policy is attached as Annexure X. 10.3 MONITORING AND RESPONSIBILITIES (a) For Water Environment

• The supervisor shall visit and check the devices daily. He will see that the ETP is working properly and flow measurements are recorded properly in a register.

• The effluent from the ETP shall be got checked by him in the Laboratory once a week. Any parameter going out of the prescribed limits will be reported to the General Manager for taking corrective action. He will pursue the matter at personal level to bring the parameters within permissible limits.

• The General Manager will keep in touch with the Environmental Consultant and seek their guidance for corrective action as and when required.

• The Committee shall meet once every month to ensure implementation of the programme. • The General Manager will bring to the notice of the Managing Director any further action to be

taken to ensure environmental requirements. The Managing Director will report to the Board of Directors, the action taken to set right deficiency, if any.

(b) For Air Environment • The supervisor will ensure that the APCD provided are functional at all times. Air emissions from the

stack will be got checked by him once a month from a Laboratory to see that the limits of the various parameters are not exceeded. In case of any deviation noticed, he will inform the General Manager to take corrective action.

• The supervisor will ensure that the water is sprinkled on roads whenever transportation of material is to be done to and from the factory premises in trucks.

• The General Manager will ensure that all the vehicles coming to the premises have PUC Certificates and they do not blow horn unnecessarily within the premises.

• The Manager Operations will ensure that the transportation of raw materials and finished goods is done in trucks covered with Tarpaulins.

• The Board of Directors will discuss at frequent intervals and see that the environmental policy laid-down by them, is followed meticulously by all persons in the Unit and the Environment is within the prescribed limits.

The cell will also be responsible for monitoring of the plant safety and safety related systems which include:

♦ Checking of safety related operating conditions. ♦ Visual inspection of safety equipments. ♦ Preparation of a maintenance plan and documentation of maintenance work specifying different

maintenance intervals and the type of work to be performed.

Other responsibilities of the cell will include: ♦ Conduct and submit annual Environmental Audit. A SPCB registered agency will be retained to

generate the data in respect of air, water, noise, soil and meteorological data and prepare the Environmental Audit report. Timely renewal of Consolidated Consents & Authorization (CC&A) will also be taken care of.

♦ Submitting environmental monitoring report to SPCB. Data monitored by the cell will be submitted to the Board regularly and as per the requirement of SPCB. The cell will also take mitigative or corrective measures as required or suggested by the Board.




♦ Keeping the management updated on regular basis about the conclusions / results of monitoring activities and proposes measures to improve environment preservation and protection.

♦ Conducting regular safety drills and training programs to educate employees on safety practices. A qualified and experienced safety officer will be responsible for the identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers and advise on corrective actions, organize training programs and provide professional expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and health.

♦ Conducting safety and health audits to ensure that recommended safety and health measures are followed.

Table 10.1 Responsibility of Environment Management Cell S. No. Designation Nos. Responsibility

1 Top Management

01 Communicate company strategy to board of directors. Attend board meetings. Work with audit committee to prepare budgets. Analyze financial reports for environmental protection measures. Report and share information with the board to ensure they are kept fully informed on the condition of the organization and important factors influencing it. Participate in and nurture broad networks of alliances with others to exchanges knowledge and information about learning and change in support of change initiatives.

2 General Manager

01 Sets goal, monitor work, and evaluate results to ensure that departmental and organizational objectives and operating requirements are met and are in line with the needs and mission of the organization. Supervision, public relations, marketing, profitability and sales, service, reporting, capital requirements, and other duties as assigned by the board of directors. Managing all the Environmental issue. Ensure appropriate EHS supervision of Employee. Checking of non compliance /violations of environmental norms.

3 Manager (EHS) 01 Develop performance standards. Handle claims and complaints promptly. Developing and promoting a vision of EHS. Conduct and submit annual Environmental Audit. Submitting environmental monitoring report to SPCB. Reporting of non compliance /violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company.

4 Supervisor 01 Report to Manager EHS. Provide information, training and supervision. Assist in preparation of risk assessments. Reporting to EHS hazardous and incidents.

5 Chemist 01 Report to Manager EHS. Taking responsibilities of all environmental issue as assigned by Manager EHS.

6 ETP Operator 01 Report to Manager EHS. Taking responsibilities of all environmental issue as assigned by




Manager EHS. 7 Worker (Safety) 01 Report to Supervisor for safety issues.

Conducting regular safety drills and training programs. Conducting safety and health audits.

8 Worker (Environment)

01 Report to Supervisor for environmental issues. Conducting Environment audits.

10.3.1 Air Environment The project proponent shall take care of the pollution generated from their unit and use appropriate methods of control like:

• Control at source for minimizing air pollution. • Greenbelt development around the estate to reduce odor and noise pollution • Regular maintenance of machineries and equipments

During Construction phase: Construction phase will be for a short period and hence the impacts will also be for a short and temporary period. During construction activities, mainly emission of dust and gases from movement of vehicles and construction activity is expected. However, following measures will be taken to reduce/contain such emissions:

• Preparation of paved internal movement roads will be taken up at the initial stage of civil construction work.

• Water will be sprinkled on loose top soil to prevent re-suspension of dust into ambient air due to movement of vehicles etc.

• Separate civil construction material storage yard will be created within the site and it will be enclosed.

• Possibility of raising green belt along with construction activity will also be explored. • Transport vehicles and construction equipments / machineries will be properly maintained to

reduce air emissions. • Vehicles and equipments will be periodically checked for pollutant emissions against stipulated

norms. • Idle running of vehicles will be minimized during material loading / unloading operations. • Exhaust vent of D.G. set will be kept at proper height to ensure quick dispersal of gaseous

emissions. • All construction workers will be provided appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPEs) like

dust mask, ear plug, helmet, safety belt etc. and made to wear them during working hours. During Operation phase: The air pollutants in the plant may be classified broadly into particulate matter like dust, fumes etc. and gases like Sulphur dioxide, carbon mono oxide, nitrogen oxide etc. The measure to control the air pollution will ensure the ambient air quality standards as laid down by Central Pollution Control Board for industrial areas. The system proposed for air pollution control will provide acceptable environment condition in the working areas and abate air pollution in the surrounding area of the plant. The technological equipment and processes have been selected with the above objectives. Depending on quality of emission from different sources, suitable air pollution control system will be provided. The chimney height will be as per CPCB norms to ensure ground level concentration of different pollutants within permissible limit. Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact of operation phase of the project on the surrounding air environment:

• Height of all the stacks will be as per statutory requirement. All the stacks will have Stack Monitoring Facility (SMF) consisting of sampling port-hole, platform and access ladder.

• Online monitoring system for the pollutants from the stacks with an arrangement to reflect gaseous emission parameters on company’s server shall be provided.

• Transport vehicles will be properly maintained to reduce air emissions.




• Vehicles will be periodically checked for pollutant emissions against stipulated norms. • Idle running of vehicles will be minimized during material loading / unloading operations. • Water sprinkling along the haul road • Proper maintenance air pollution control equipment • Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery in order to control emissions • A good housekeeping and proper maintenance will be practiced in the industry.

Flue Gas Emission/Fugitive Emission Control The volatile matters getting released from the storage tanks, process piping, reactors, fuel storage and combustion will be handled by various preventive measures mentioned below:

• Each and Every process emission will be passed through scrubber and finally released in to atmosphere through adequately designed stack height.

• Preventive maintenance will be done so as to prevent any leakage and spillage and thereby reducing the fugitive emission sources.

• Storage tank will be provided with level gauge, dyke wall, automated loading and unloading for the chemicals to avoid human contact.

• All storage tanks will be designed and placed according to the Industrial Safety and Health Department.

Wet Scrubbing System The scrubbing system consists of: • Alkali scrubber : Secondary scrubbing • Droplet separator : for gas – liquid separation • Demister pad : for moisture removal

Recirculation tanks and pumps are used for circulating the scrubber liquor Parameters like SO2, HCl and suspended particulate matters that are generated in the process are reduced to acceptable level in the flue gas scrubbing system. At this stage, acidic polluting gases are absorbed and transferred from gases into neutralized liquid according to the following chemical reaction: HCl + NaOH -> NaCl + H2O SO2 +½ O2 + 2 NaOH -> Na2SO4 + H2O

Fan: Induced draught fan of reputed make will be supplied along with the system. It will be of centrifugal type and will be complete with motor, pulleys, V-belts, etc. The impeller and shaft of the I.D. fan will be of SS-316 material. The I.D. Fan is meant to ensure a negative pressure throughout the working system. VFD is provided to vary the speed of fan since the load variation can be taken care.

Chimney: The off gases after cleaning will be discharged into the atmosphere through a stack of 40 meters height having a top diameter of 1.2 m. The stack will have sampling point at 15 m. elevation, manhole, drain point, ladder and platform upto the sampling nozzle and lightning arrestor with conductor strip. The top edge, of 300 mm height, will be of SS-316 to avoid edge corrosion. The chimney is of self supporting type broadly conforming to IS 6533 standards

Control of Fugitive Emissions Following area/ operation has been identified from which fugitive emission may occur:

i) Loading/ Unloading activity at site ii) Transportation activity iii) Storage activity iv) Transfer of waste within the plant premises

10.3.2 Water Environment During construction / building modification, provision for infra-structural services including water supply, sewage, drainage facilities and electrification will be made. The construction site would be provided with suitable sanitation facilities for the workers to allow proper standards of hygiene. These facilities would be connected to a septic tank and maintained to ensure minimum impact on the environment. The total water requirement of proposed site shall be met from the Tube well supply. The following measures are suggested to be adopted for efficient water management in the proposed




site: • Rainwater harvesting is recommended. • The sources of sewage water are office toilets and canteen which is disposed off in to Soak Pit / Septic

Tank system. • Reduce and eliminate the water leakages in the pipes, bends, etc. • Recycle the Boiler Condensate / Cooling Water.

Total water requirement for the proposed project would be 11.00 KLD which will be sourced from Borewell. Water conservation measures shall be taken to optimize the fresh water requirement, which is described as subsequent section. Moreover, record of water consumption for different usages shall be maintained. Waste water will be treated in effluent treatment plant up to CPCB/SPCB norms. Some quantity approx. 20-25 % of treated and filtrate effluent will be used for gardening purpose and in floor washing & rest quantity approx. 75-80% treated & filtrate effluent will be reused in the process after passing the Reverse Osmosis Plant (R.O. Plant). Moreover, online monitoring system for treated effluent parameters on company’s server shall be provided. Wastewater Treatment Processes

Different processes are available for treatment of wastewater for removal of organics, inorganic/dissolved solids and pathogens to make it suitable for recycling/reuse applications:

Removal of Organics

Process O1: Conventional Aeration System

Process O2: Two-stage Aeration System with Biofiltration

Process O3: Membrane Bioreactor System




Removal of inorganic/ Dissolved solids

Process I1: Reverse Osmosis System (preceded by physico-chemical processes), consisting of:

• Chlorination of treated waste water. • Clarification. • Filtration. • RO. • Sludge handling.

Process I2: Reverse osmosis system preceded by Ultra/Micro filtration processes consisting of:

• Chlorination of treated waste water. • Ultra or Micro filtration. • RO. • Sludge handling.

Process I3: Reverse Osmosis System

Removal of pathogens (Disinfection)

Process D1: Chlorination system consisting of:

• Chlorine supply system including pressure regulation. • Gas feeding including vacuum creation and regulation. • Diffuser for mixing of chlorine solution with treated waste water.

Process D2: Ultra Violet radiation system, consisting of: • UV light generation • Reactor

Selection of Treatment Schemes for Water Reclamation Selection of the treatment scheme for reclamation of water shall depend on the source of wastewater and type of the proposed reuse category. The evaluation of treatment processes shall depend on quantitative tangible criteria e.g. performance, capital cost and O&M cost and qualitative intangible criteria e.g. flexibility of operation, upgradability, proven technology, ease of O&M, environment friendliness, etc. Water is the one of the major commodities used by the pharmaceutical industry. It is widely used as a raw material, ingredient, and solvent in the processing, formulation, and manufacture of pharmaceutical products, active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) and intermediates, and analytical reagent. lt may also present as an excipient, or used for reconstitution of products, during synthesis, during production of finished product, or as a cleaning agent for rinsing vessels, equipment and primary packing materials etc. Based on the work carried by a number of organizations, membrane filtration appears to be a preferable option compared to other wastewater treatment techniques because of the constant quality of wastewater generated from a typical processing industry. After adopting the principles of cleaner production- optimizing chemicals’ addition and water for washing and high pressure washing, proper segregation of wastewater streams is the prime requirement in selecting the membrane systems. In general nanofiltration and ultrafiltration membranes have been employed in achieving water consumption reduction by 80% or so. Special low fouling hydrophilic membranes having high COD and BOD tolerances are developed based on which wastewater can be directly treated through membrane system and water can be recycled. These membranes can handle high TDS and SS loads and give recycle quality water, which can directly be used in the process thereby reducing fresh water intake and conserving precious water resources. It is claimed that these membranes can take in TDS and COD as high as 40,000 ppm directly. Such membrane system clubbed with an evaporator can make an industry almost zero discharge industry, thereby reducing pollution related problems.

http://www.lenntech.com/membrane-technology.htm




10.3.3 Rain Water Harvesting and Recharging The storm water disposal system for the premises shall be self-sufficient to avoid any collection/stagnation and flooding of water. Storm water drainage plan of the project is enclosed. The amount of storm water run-off depends upon many factors such as intensity and duration of precipitation, characteristics of the tributary area and the time required for such flow to reach the drains. The drains shall be located near the carriage way along either side of the roads. Taking the advantage of road camber, the rainfall run off from roads shall flow towards the drains. Storm water from various plots/shall be connected to adjacent drain by a pipe through catch basins. Adequate numbers of rainwater harvesting pits at selected locations will be constructed, which will catch the maximum run-off from the area. a) Since the existing topography is congenial to surface disposal, a network of storm water pipe drains is planned adjacent to roads. All building roof water will be brought down through rain water pipes; b) Proposed storm water system consists of pipe drain, catch basins and seepage pits at regular intervals for rain water harvesting and ground water recharging; c) Design specifications of the rain water harvesting plan are as follows: • Catchments/roofs would be accessible for regular cleaning; • The roof will have smooth, hard and dense surface which is less likely to be damaged allowing release of material into the water. Roof painting has been avoided since most paints contain toxic substances and may peel off; • All gutter ends will be fitted with a wire mesh screen and a first flush device would be installed. Most of the debris carried by the water from the rooftop like leaves, plastic bags and paper pieces will get arrested by the mesh at the terrace outlet and to prevent contamination by ensuring that the runoff from the first 10-20 minutes of rainfall is flushed off.; • No sewage or wastewater would be admitted into the system; • No wastewater from areas likely to have oil, grease, or other pollutants has been connected to the system. M/s MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. is planning to harvest the rain and recharge to ground water. Water harvesting and recharging plan of MGL Pharma & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. is in following way: Average annual rain fall of the area is 964 mm. Runoff coefficient of concrete/floor area: 0.80 as per CGWB-18/3/2011 (Dug well recharge efficiency and efficacy-National workshop CGWB-Jaipur). Runoff coefficient of Asphalt/dumber road area: 0.75 as per CGWB-18/3/2011. Runoff coefficient roof top /concrete/floor area: 0.90 Runoff coefficient Asphalt/dumber road area: 0.70

Table 10.2 Rain Water Harvesting/Recharge Details S. No. Particulars Catchment Area

in m2 (A) Runoff

Coefficient (C) Average annual rain fall (mm)

Discharge (m3)

1. Roof Top Area 768.00 0.90 845 584.06 2. Road Paved Area 150.00 0.70 845 88.73

Total 672.79 Annually about 672.79 m3 water will be conserved by rain water harvesting system and can be re-used for plantation, floor/drum washing, etc. (approx 3.00 KLD) which is about 30% of fresh water requirement of the proposed project. The balance rain water will be recharged directly to ground water. A budget of Rs. 1.50 Lakhs is allotted for Rain Water Harvesting/Recharge. The rainwater harvested will be used for on-land irrigation for green belt development, which reduces our current water demand. The excess water will be recharge to ground water. The rain water harvested from roof top area will be approx 584.06 m3; we will plan for collection of water tank of adequate capacity to harvest and reuse, if required. The rain water harvested from paved area will be 88.73 m3 which will directly be recharged to ground water through 02 Nos. of percolating wells.




Figure 10.2 Rain Water Harvesting Pit

10.3.4 Land Environment To avoid erosion of the top soil the development is planned in the shortest possible time and land-clearing activity shall be kept to the absolute minimum by working at the specific sites one by one where construction is to take place so as to increase detention and infiltration.

• Natural waterways/drainage pattern shall be maintained by providing culverts where needed. • The requirements of sand and aggregates for the construction works will be met through venders.

The land use is thus so planned that there is minimum adverse impact. • Hazardous waste like ETP sludge and incineration ash will be disposed through authorized TSDF

facility from pollution control board. A small quantity of used lubricating oil will be generated which will be properly stored and reused as a supplementary fuel in incinerator. Fly ash generated from the




boilers shall be sold to the brick/cement manufacturers. There will be no disposal of industrial effluent on land.

10.3.5 Solid Waste

• Main solid waste generation during construction phase will be construction debris like rubble, brick bats, debris, steel scrap, wooden scrap, sand, gravel etc. However, these materials are inert in nature and will not result into leaching of any substance or constituent.

• These materials will be properly sorted and will be used within premises for filling of low lying areas. Wooden scrap, steel scrap will be given to scrap dealers.

• On completion of civil work, all debris etc. will be completely removed from site to avoid any incompatibility with future use.

• The solid waste generated from the construction activities shall be effectively recycled within the project.

• The other solid wastes from the Air Pollution Control Device shall be dumped in a dumping pit of R.C.C. and disposed off in the designated land fill places.

10.3.6 Noise and Communication Following measures are proposed during construction period to mitigate adverse impacts: • Construction machinery and vehicles will undergo periodic maintenance to keep them in good

working condition. • All machineries to be used for construction purpose will be of highest standard of reputed make

and compliance of noise pollution control norms by these equipments will be emphasized by company.

• Feasibility of putting up acoustic enclosure / temporary barrier around areas with high noise levels will also be explored.

• All construction workers working in high noise areas will be provided appropriate PPEs like ear muffs and made to wear them during working hours.

• Possibility of raising green belt along with construction activity will also be explored so as to serve as a noise barrier.

Care will be taken during selection of the equipment like compressors, blowers, pumps, etc. and other machinery so that noise generation is reduced. In addition to this, effective ear plugs will be provided and their use is made obligatory in specified areas where noise level is high and unavoidable. All the blowers will have silencers and noise generating equipments will have sound absorbers so that sound level in the area is below 80 dB (A). Effective Use of Landscaping For Noise Control Shrubs and trees are worthy little as tools for noise control. Effective belts of trees for useful noise control must be at least 50 feet tall, must be in a continuous strip 75 - 100 feet deep, must have dense foliage down to the ground and must be evergreen to supply protection year round.

10.3.7 Green Belt Development and Green Cover Green belts with properly selected plant species can serve as a useful buffer to contain the menace of pollution from the different sources. As a control measures of atmospheric pollution, as a barriers noise generated in the plant premises and to utilize the treated sewage wastewater, it is recommended to develop vast green belt around the periphery of the plant, along the road side and other area available for the plantation. Total 452 m2 (33% of total area) of land are earmarked in the layout plan for the development of green belt. Total 68 trees/plants will be planted in the proposed unit. For the development of the Green belt at the project site, guidelines for developing green belts as well as the outcome of the biological survey conducted around the project site shall be followed. Guidelines for plantation: The plant species identified for greenbelt development shall be planted using pitting technique. The pit size will be either 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm or 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm. bigger pit size will be considered at marginal and poor quality soil. Soil used for filling the pit should be mixed with well




decomposed farm yard manure or sewage sludge at the rate of 2.5 kg (on dry weight basis) and 3.6 kg (on dry weight basis) for 45cm x 45 cm x 45 cm and 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm size pits respectively. The filling of soil should be completed at least 5-10 days before actual plantation. Healthy sapling of identified species should be planted in each pit with the commencement of monsoon. Provision for regular and liberal watering during the summer period during the commissioning stage of the plant will be arranged from the local available resources. The authorities responsible for plantation will also make adequate measures for the protection of the saplings. While making choices of plant species for cultivation in green belt, weightage has been given to the natural native species, bio climatic condition, plants which can be grown as per normal horticultural practices. Plant species identified for greenbelt development, considering the bio-climatic and soil condition. Recommended Plants for Green Belt Development Greenbelts are an effective mode of control of air pollution, where green plants form a surface capable of absorbing air pollutants and forming a sink of pollutants. Leaves with their vast area in a tree crown, sorbs pollutants on their surface, thus effectively reduce pollutant concentration in the ambient air. Often the adsorbed pollutants are incorporated in the metabolic pathway and the air is purified. Plants grown to function as pollution sink are collectively referred as greenbelts. An important aspect of a greenbelt is that the plants are living organism with their varied tolerance limit towards the air pollutants. A green belt is effective as a pollutant sink only within the tolerance limit of constituent plants. Planting few, known pollutant sensitive species along with the tolerant species within a green belt however, do carry out an important function of indicator species. Apart from function as pollution sink, greenbelt would provide other benefit like aesthetic improvement of the area and providing suitable habitats for birds and animals. Selection of Plants for Greenbelts The main limitation for plants to function as scavenger of pollutants are, plant’s interaction to air pollutants, sensitivity to pollutants, climatic conditions and soil characteristics. While making choice of plants species for cultivation in green belts, due consideration has to be given to the natural factor of bio-climate. Xerophytes plants are not necessarily good for greenbelts; they with their sunken stomata can withstand pollution by avoidance but are poor absorber of pollutants. Character of plants mainly considered for affecting absorption of pollutant gases and removal of dust particle are as follows. For absorption of gases:

• Tolerance towards pollutants in question, at concentration, that are not too high to be instantaneously lethal

• Longer duration of foliage • Freely exposed foliage • Adequate height of crown • Openness of foliage in canopy • Big leaves (long and broad laminar surface) • Large number of stomatal apertures

For Removal of Suspended Particular matter:

• Height and spread of crown. • Leaves supported on firm petiole • Abundance of surface on bark and foliage • Roughness of bark • Abundance of auxiliary hairs • Hairs or scales on laminar surface • Protected Stomata

Table 10.3 Recommended Plant Species for Green Belt Development

Plant species

Habit Tolerance

limit Stomatal

index Mode of regeneration

Acacia nilotica Tree Tolerant 10.9 Seeds Aegle marmelos Tree T 12.01 Seeds Ailanthus excels Tree T -- seeds




Albizzia chinensis Tree T 25.78 Spreading Azadirachta indica Tree T 13.01 Seeds, shoot, root

Bauhinia variegate Tree T -- seeds Cassia fistula Tree T -- Seeds

Dalbergia sissoo Tree T 19.72 seeds Delonix regia Tree T 20.21 seeds

Emblica offcinalis Tree T 15.23 seeds Ficus bengalensis Tree T 29.2 Seeds

Ficus religiosa Tree T 25.68 Seeds Mangifera indica Tree T 22.31 Seeds Syzigium cumini Tree T 23.58 Seeds

Tamarindus indica Tree T Cutting Terminalia arjuna Tree T 32.53 Cutting

Terminalia bellirica Tree T 29.09 Seeds and Cuttings Ziziphus mauritiana Small tree T 127.49 Seeds

Adhatoda vasica Shrub T seeds Achyranthes aspera Shrub T 21.2 Seeds Calotropis procera Shrub T 18.02 Seeds/cuttings Ipomoea aquatica Shrub T 18.72 Seeds/cuttings

Jatropa curcas Shrub T 10.12 Seeds/ cuttings Cassia tora Shrub Sensitive 14.38 Seeds /stem cutting

Crotalaria juncea Shrub T - Seeds/stem cuttings Sida acuta Shrub T 23.32 stem cutting

Sida cordifolia Shrub T 17.3 stem cutting Nyctanthes arbortristis Shrub T 20.30 Stem cutting

Arbus prectatorius Shrub T 12.90 Seeds Helicteres isora Shrub T 12.13 Seeds/cuttings Lantana camara Shrub T 17.0 Seeds/cuttings Vitex negundo Shrub S 30.77 Seeds/ budding/grafting

Tribulus terrestris Shrub T Seeds /stem cutting T: Tolerant S- sensitive, (--) =Not available Sources: CPCB (March, 2000) Guidelines for developing green belts PROBES/75/1999-2000

The trees and shrubs selected from the above mention list based on its availability shall be, planted as greenbelt of 9 m width around the plant boundary. The plantation will be in this recommended pattern:

Tire Habit Height (m) Rows Ist Tire (Towards boundary) Trees 10-20 4 IInd Tire (Middle layer) Small tress 5-10 meter 6 IIIrd Tire (Towards Plant ) Shrubs 1-5 meter Thick pattern

Roadside Plantation Roadside plantation plays a very important role for greening the area, increasing the shady area, increasing aesthetic value and for eco-development of the area. The approach roads to project site, colony, etc. can be planted with flowering trees. Trees can be planted to increase aesthetic value as well as shady area along the roads. The selected plant species list is given in table-10.2 for roadside plantation and the budgetary layout for the green belt development is listed in table 10.3.

Table 10.4 Species Selected for Plantation along the Roadside S. No. Based on color S. No. Based on color

Yellow Flowered Trees 1

Acacia Auriculaeformis 10. Erythrina parcelli 2

Acacia Baileyana 11. Laburnum anagyroides 3

Acacia Dealbata 12. Michelia champaca 4

Acacia Decurrens 13. Parkinsonia aculeata 5

Acacia Implexa 14. Peltophorum pterocarpum 6

Anthocephalus Chinensis 15. Pterocarpus dalbergioides 7

Bauhinia Tomentosa 16. Schizolobium excelsum




8

Cassia Calliantha 17. Tabebuia spectabillis 9

Cassia Fistula 18. Thespesia populnea Red Flowered Trees

1

Bombax Ceiba 5. Erythrina variegate 2

Brownea Grandiceps 6. Saraca asoca 3

Erythrina Blakei 7. Spathodea campanulata 4

Erythrina Laurifolia 8. Wrightia coccinea Scarlet Flowered Trees

1

Barringtonia Acutangula 5. Callistemon lanceolatus 2

Brassia Actinophylla 6. Delonix regia 3

Brownea Coccinea 7. Stenocarpus sinuatus 4

Butea Monosperma 8. Sterculia acerifolia Pink Flowered Trees

1

Bauhinia Purpurea 5. Hibiscus collinus 2

Cassia Javanica 6. Kleinhovia hospital 3

Cassia Nodosa (Red) 7. Lagerstroemia speciosa 4

Cassia Renigera 8. Samanea saman Blue Flowered Trees

1

Bolusanthus Speciosus 3. Solanum grandiflorum 2

Jacaranda Acutifolia 4. Solanum macranthum White Flowered Trees

1

Albizia Lebbeck 8. Mesua ferrea 2

Bauhinia Acuminate 9. Millingtonia hortensis 3

Calophyllum Inophyllum 10. Mimusops elengi 4

Kydia Calycina 11. Moringa oleifera 5

Madhuca Indica 12. Oncoba spinosa 6

Magnolia Grandiflora 13. Plumeria alba 7

Magnolia Pterocarpa




Figure 10.3: Green belt development Plan

Tree plantation is one of the effective remedial measures, which controls the Air Pollution. It also causes aesthetic and climatological improvements of an area as well as sustains and supports the biosphere. It is a well established fact that trees and vegetation act as a vast natural sink for the gaseous as well as particulate air pollutants due to enormous surface area of leaves. Plantation around the air pollution sources control the air pollution by filtering particulate matter and interacting with gaseous pollutants before it reaches the earth. Trees also act as buffers and absorbers against accidental release of pollutants. About 68 Nos. of trees will be plated. A budget of Rs. 1.50 Lakhs for plantation and maintenance is allotted For EMP. Green belt development/plantation will be taken around the Manufacturing Unit. As Per CPCB, 1000 feet/ Acres of land area should be planted. We will plant approx 68 No. of trees as per suggestion of DFO Jaunpur and GIDC personel.

10.3.8 Budgetary Cost of Environment Protection Measures The total capital investment on environmental control measures is envisaged to be about Rs 25 Lakhs and Rs. 10 Lakhs as recurring cost out of a total Project cost of Rs. 294.41 Lakhs, which is estimated as par Table 10.4.




Table 10.5 Cost Details for Environment Protection Measures S. No Particulars Cost (Lakhs)

A. Capital Expenditure 1. Environmental Monitoring Cost 4.00 2. Air Pollution Control Measures 5.00 3. Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) 6.00 4. Solid Waste Disposal 1.50 5. Green Belt Development 1.50 6. Rain Water Harvesting 1.50 7. Reverse Osmosis (RO) 0.50

Total 20.00 B. Recurring Expenditure Per Annum:

1. Recurring expenditure per annum on environmental protection measures

10

10.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES The proposed project has planned extensive pollution control and environmental conservation measures with CSR budget for the welfare activities to contribute in improving the socio economic status of the population in the study area with an investment of Capital Budget of Rs 8.00 Lakhs/annum and recurring budget of Rs. 2.0 Lakhs per annum. The details of CSR Budgetary plan are given below:

Table 10.6 Details of CSR Budgetary Plan

S. No. Planned Activities under CSR as per specific needs Capital Budget (Lakhs)

Recurring Budget (Lakhs/Annum)

1.

Community Health Improvement • Disinfection facilities for dug wells and other potable water sources. • Periodically medical checkup camps, blood donation camps to be

organized in near village i.e. project site • Health awareness camps for child and mother care, health and

hygiene practices.

1.50 0.5

2. Community Education Facilities • Award scholarship to meritorious students • Distribution of educational books, stationary, uniforms and aids etc.

2.00 0.5

3. Community Welfare Activities • Worship places development & beautification • Promotion & support to various Govt. Schemes.

1.00 0.3

4. Infrastructural Development • Installation/ Repair of Hand Pumps/ Bore wells • Grampanchayat dugwell de-siltation & deepening

1.00 0.2

5. Community Water Conservation • Rain water harvesting ponds and ground water recharge pits • Water conservation awareness programs

1.00 0.2

6. Afforestation Programs • Plantation of trees in villages road side • Development of nursery

0.34 0.1

7. Community Capacity Building • Imparting vocational training for technical skills, self employment training for women as stitching, embroidery, tailoring, handicrafts

0.50 0.2

Total 8.00 2.0




Management Plan for Socio-Economic Environment In general, socio-economic environment will have positive impact due to the proposed project in the

area. The deployed laborers will be from nearby villages only as these people are mainly dependent upon

such activities. In order to further improve the socio-economic conditions of the area, the management will contribute

for development works in consultation with local bodies. Project proponent has already allocated Capital Budget of Rs 8.00 Lakhs and recurring budget of Rs.

2.00 Lakhs per annum. 10.4.1 Occupational Health and Safety

Following measures will be adopted in the plant: • Regular inspection and maintenance of pollution control systems. • All measures related to safety such as safety appliances, training, safety awards, posters, slogans will

be undertaken. • The workers exposed to noisy sources will be provided with ear muffs/plugs. • Adequate facilities for drinking water and toilets will be provided to the employees. • The fire and safety equipment will be properly utilized and maintained regularly. • The health of the workers will be regularly checked by a well qualified doctor and proper records

will be kept for each worker. Occupational diseases and health impairments occur every day throughout the world, due to lack or inadequacy of prevention and control measures at the workplace. The project proponent strongly believes in the safety and health of the workers. The company will conduct regular medical checkup of the worker and for the safer side there will always be a rotation of the worker where the exposure to dust and chemicals is high. Safety being the first policy of the company, list of Antidotes for different accidents and diseases will be provided to the entire department. A budget of Rs. 2.00 Lakhs is allotted for Occupational Health and Safety measures. 10.5 SUMMARY The Environmental Management Plan describes in brief, the management's plan for proper and adequate implementation of treatment and control system for air and liquid pollutants and for maintaining the environment. The Company has a well defined policy to keep the Environment clean. The Board of Directors has decided that all effective steps shall be taken to prevent deterioration of the existing Environment. They have formed an Environment Committee committed for this cause.The total capital investment on environmental control measures is envisaged to be about Rs 20.00 Lakhs and Rs. 10 Lakhs as recurring cost out of a total project cost of Rs. 294.41 Lakhs. The debris and unutilized construction material from the construction site shall be removed immediately to recycle within the project so that no dust nuisance is generated due to wind. Preventive maintenance will be done so as to prevent any leakage and spillage and thereby reducing the fugitive emission sources. The land use is thus so planned that there is minimum adverse impact. Tree plantation is one of the effective remedial measures, which controls the Air Pollution. Project proponent has already allocated Capital Budget of Rs 8.00 Lakhs and recurring budget of Rs. 2 Lakhs per annum for CSR.

--------------------------OO--------------------------




CHAPTER 11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

11.0 GENERAL The chapter discuses about the summary of whole EIA/EMP report along with recommendation and conclusion. The proposed to produce bulk drugs (30 TPM) at Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh.

1. Project Details Name of the company M/s MGL Pharma &Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.

Category of the project B S. No. In the schedule 5(f) Location of the project Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar

Pradesh. Capital cost of Project Rs. 294.41 Lakhs Cost for EMP Rs. 20 Lakhs and Recurring cost: Rs. 10 Lakhs Per Annum Cost of CSR Rs. 8.0 Lakhs and Recurring cost: 2.0 Lakhs Per Annum

2. Cost of OH&S Rs. 2.00 Lakhs Per Annum 3. Project Requirement

Land requirement 1370 m2 Proposed Production 30 TPM Water requirement & its source

11.00 KLD (water required for the proposed project which will be met from Borewel)

Electricity requirement & its source

60 KW (D.G. set for emergency use)

Manpower requirements 33 4. WASTE WATER

GENERATION 4500 L/day

11.1 Introduction M/s MGL Pharma &Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. has proposed manufacturing of Bulk Drugs (Capacity 30 TPM) at Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh. The proposed project is to be located in the notified industrial estate – Category 5(f)-B of EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006.

11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION M/s MGL Pharma &Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. has proposed manufacturing of Bulk Drugs (Capacity 30 TPM) at Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh.The proposed project site is located in the notified industrial estate and falls in Category 5 (f)-B (Project is in Notified Industrial Area (Upsidc Industrial Area Phase-1) of Environment Impact Assessment Notification dated 14th September 2006. Most of the raw materials are indigenous. Also there is easy availability of infrastructure, man power and easy availability of raw materials. Total land requirement for the proposed project is 1370 m2, out of which 33% will be used for greenbelt development. Total power requirement will be 60 KW. Power supply will be taken from UPPL. In case of emergency or power failure D.G. set of 100 KVA will be used. It will be used to fulfill emergency power requirement. The water requirement of the unit will be met from bore well. The daily requirement of water for unit is 11.00 KLD. Unit will work on three shift basis and manpower needed will be about 33 persons. The manufacturing process of drugs is a synthetic process and the starting material for the process is reagent / drug intermediates of the individual drug. ETP and wet scrubber are proposed for waste treatment. Adequate Stack Height will be provided for better dispersion of




pollutants. Water sprinkling system will be provided to control the dust emission. Hazardous Waste will be sent to authorized TSDF facility from pollution control board for Disposal purpose. All noise generating machines will be spread at different places within the cover sheds. Rain water recharge pits will be constructed. Top soil will be stacked separately and will be used for greenbelt development. Employment will be given to local persons. 11.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT The generation of primary data as well as collection of secondary data and information from the site and surroundings was carried out during Pre-Monsoon Season i.e. 1st March 2016 to 31st May 2016 and two additional month i.e. 1st November to 31st December, 2016. The EIA study is being done for the core zone and area within 10 Km distance (buffer zone), both of which together comprise the study area.

S. No Parameters Baseline Status 1. Ambient Air Quality (March to May, 2016)

i. PM10 60.50 µg/m3 and 94.30 µg/m3 ii. PM2.5 30.20 µg/m3 and 54.70 µg/m3

iii. SO2 6.70 µg/m3 and 16.5 µg/m3 iv. NO2 10.80 µg/m3 and 37.60 µg/m3 v. CO 0.45 mg/m3 and 1.20mg/m3

Ambient Air Quality (November to December, 2016) i. PM10 67.60 µg/m3 and 95.20 µg/m3

ii. PM2.5 30.00 µg/m3 and 56.80 µg/m3 iii. SO2 7.00 µg/m3 and 15.00 µg/m3 iv. NO2 10.90 µg/m3 and 37.60 µg/m3 v. CO 0.51 mg/m3 and 1.22 mg/m3

Values are well within the stipulated standard of CPCB. 2. Noise Level Monitoring (March to May, 2016)

i. Day Time (6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.) 50.80 Leq dB and 64.29 Leq dB ii. Night Time (10:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m.) 41.66 Leq dB and 53.46 Leq dB

Noise Level Monitoring (November to December, 2016) i. Day Time (6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.) 51.39 Leq dB and 59.05 Leq dB

ii. Night Time (10:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m.) 42.82 Leq dB and 48.00 Leq dB The observed noise levels were found below the stipulated standards of CPCB.

3. Soil Quality and Characteristics (March to May, 2016) i. pH 7.08 - 8.25

ii. Organic Matter 0.65%-0.89%. iii. Nitrogen 134.09 Kg/ha. to 228.08 Kg/ha iv. Phosphorus 43.02 Kg/ha. to 78.04 Kg/ha v. Potassium 8.16 Kg/ha. to 20.01 Kg/ha

Soil Quality and Characteristics (November to December, 2016) i. pH 7.54 - 8.14

ii. Organic Matter 0.62%-0.85%. iii. Nitrogen 140.87 Kg/ha. to 223.08 Kg/ha iv. Phosphorus 55.02 Kg/ha. to 72.40 Kg/ha v. Potassium 9.8 Kg/ha. to 24.018 Kg/ha

4. Surface Water (March to May, 2016) i. pH 7.69 to 8.03




ii. Conductivity 955.00-to 1263.00 µS/cm iii. Total Hardness 92.50 to 210.64 mg/L. iv. Total Dissolved Solids 195.00 to 318.00 mg/L. v. COD 8.80 to 14.5 mg/L

vi. BOD <5.0 to 6.05 mg/L Surface Water (November to December, 2016)

vii. pH 7.65 to 8.01 viii. Conductivity 315.00-to 483.00 µS/cm

ix. Total Hardness 86.54 to 222.73 mg/L x. Total Dissolved Solids 188.00 to 289.00 mg/L

xi. COD 7.80 to 16.8 mg/L xii. BOD <5.0 to 7.70 mg/L

The concentrations were found to be within permissible limits. 5. Ground Water (March to May, 2016)

i. pH 7.69 to 8.01 ii. Conductivity 825 to 1159 µS/cm

iii. Total Hardness 347.16 to 503.08 mg/L. iv. Total Dissolved Solids 482.00 to 664.00 mg/L.

Ground Water (March to May, 2016) v. pH 7.67 to 8.04.

vi. Conductivity 803 to 1147 µS/cm vii. Total Hardness 287.66 to 475.80 mg/L

viii. Total Dissolved Solids 482.00 to 688.00 mg/L The concentration were found to be within permissible limits.

11.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES The proposed project has no major adverse impact on surrounding environment. Proposed project is based on Zero Liquid Discharge norms. Adequate stack height for better dispersion of air pollutants will be provided. Hazardous waste will be sent to authorize disposal site. Appropriate soil conservation measures associated with improved construction techniques would minimize the impacts. Proper upkeep and maintenance of vehicles will reduce the impact on air environment. Domestic waste as well as construction debris will cause adverse health impact. Adequate arrangements for proper drainage and disposal of wastewater. Annual bio-monitoring of roadside plants exposed to vehicular pollution will be done to check the dust load and Air Pollution Tolerance Index (APTI). Rs. 20.00 Lakhs has been allocated for air pollution control measures. Air treatment technology will manage aerial emission prior to discharge to the atmosphere via a stack. Wet Scrubber will be installed. The industrial effluent will have high COD and toxic elements which cause ill effect on human health and soil. Adequate numbers of rainwater harvesting pits at selected locations will be constructed, which will catch the maximum run-off from the area. A budget of Rs. 1.50 Lakhs is allotted for Rain water harvesting/ Recharging. The effluent will be treated in ETP and budget of Rs. 6.00 Lakhs allotted for this. Top soil will be stacked separately and will be used for green belt. Design and layout of building to minimize transmission of noise, segregation of particular items of plant and to avoid reverberant areas all efforts will be put-up by the project proponent to maintain the ecological balance and improve the environment in terms of ecology, Green Belt will be developed in surrounding of plant. Budget of Rs. 1.50 Lakhs is allotted for green belt development. Positive impact will be on Socio economic environment. The budget for CSR has been prepared of Rs. 8.00 Lakhs for development of locals and surrounding villages. Proper PPE’s will be provided to all the workers, budget of Rs. 2.00 Lakhs is allotted for OH&S.




11.5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITE No alternate site has been proposed for our Drug Manufacturing Unit at Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh by M/s MGL Pharma &Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. (Area 1370 m2) production capacity 30 Tons/Month, because site is already situated in notified industrial area. 11.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME The environment monitoring plan enables environmental management system with early sign of need for additional action and modification of ongoing actions for environment management, improvement and conservation. The environmental monitoring points will be decided considering the environmental impacts likely to occur due to the operation of proposed project as the main scope of monitoring program is to track, timely and regularly, the change in environmental conditions and to take timely action for protection of environment Monitoring of environmental samples will be done as per the guidelines provided by MoEF&CC/CPCB/SPCB. Separate records for water, wastewater, solid wastes, air emission, soil and manure/ compost will be prepared and preserved regularly. Along with other budgets, Budget for environmental management will be prepared and revised regularly as per requirement.

11.7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES Public Consultation: As project comes under notified industrial area at UPSIDC Industrial area, Phase-1, public hearing is not required as par EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006. Risk Assessment: As can be seen from this report, the primary risk associated with the plant is the risk of storing & handling of Hazardous chemical. The bulk storage locations of hazardous chemicals must be handled in the plant in a planned way. With the proper and safe handling of Hazardous chemical, the risks associated with it are mitigated to an extent that the probability and severity of loss becomes negligible. The measures being installed by M/s Alliance Chemicals in their plant design as well as for handling of fires caused by chemical. A budget of Rs. 2.00 Lakhs is allotted for OH&S. The proposed project has planned extensive pollution control and environmental conservation measures with CSR budget for the welfare activities to contribute in improving the socio economic status of the population in the study area with in investment of Capital Budget of Rs 8.00 Lakhs and recurring budget of Rs. 2.00 Lakhs per annum. We believe that our report has been useful in accurately and independently assessing the risks involved, and that the company has taken the necessary steps to mitigate such risks to dissociate from accidents. However in the case of eventuality the Disaster Management plan adopted by the proponents is sufficient and may be able to control the situation. 11.8 PROJECT BENEFITS The proposed project is situated at Plot no. F- 665 & 666 UPSIDC, Industrial Area, Phase 1 Hapur Uttar Pradesh. The only employment to depend on is agriculture, which is seasonal. In the absence of any high employment potential activities, the people are economically backward. The Manufacturing unit will provide employment to local people. During the construction phase around 30- 50 local skilled and semi-skilled workers and during the operational phase around 33 workers including contractors will be employed. About 68 Nos. of trees will be planted. A budget of Rs. 1.50 Lakhs for Green belt development. Green belt development/plantation will be taken around the Manufacturing Unit. Rain water harvesting will also be done to improve ground water level budget of Rs. 1.50 Lakhs is allotted for this. 11.9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS Profitability of project is quite attractive. Project is technically and financially viable with positive impact on the local infrastructure hence recommended for implementation.




11.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN The Environmental Management Plan describes in brief, the management's plan for proper and adequate implementation of treatment and control system for air and liquid pollutants and for maintaining the environment. The Company has a well defined policy to keep the Environment clean. The Board of Directors has decided that all effective steps shall be taken to prevent deterioration of the existing Environment. They have formed an Environment Committee committed for this cause.The total capital investment on environmental control measures is envisaged to be about Rs 20.00 Lakhs and Rs. 10.00 Lakhs as recurring cost out of a total project cost of Rs. 294.41 Lakhs. The debris and unutilized construction material from the construction site shall be removed immediately to recycle within the project so that no dust nuisance is generated due to wind. Preventive maintenance will be done so as to prevent any leakage and spillage and thereby reducing the fugitive emission sources. The land use is thus so planned that there is minimum adverse impact. Tree plantation is one of the effective remedial measures, which controls the Air Pollution. Project proponent has already allocated Capital Budget of Rs 8.00 Lakhs and recurring budget of Rs. 2.00 Lakhs per annum for CSR.

11.11 CONCLUSION Company has committed to implement all the pollution control measures to protect the surrounding environment. The project can definitely improve the regional, state and national economy. Industrial growth is an indication of socio economic development. The implementation of this project will definitely improve the physical and social infrastructure of the surrounding area.

--------------------------OO--------------------------


Document No. 2016_VI_00002_FINAL EIA Page | 165 (Chapter 12) Consultant- M/s Vardan Environet, D-142, Sec. 57 Gurgaon, Haryana


CHAPTER 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

Vardan EnviroNet, established on 16th August 2012, is an accredited organization by Quality

Council of India/NABET (National Accreditation Board for Education and Training) certificate no.

NABET/EIA/1316/IA001. The updated list of accredited consultant is also available online at

http://nabet.qci.org.in/environment/pop.asp?file=documents/Annexure7.pdf&heading=Accred

ited%20EIA%20Consultant%20Organizations%20with%20accredited%20sectors. We have our

in-house Environmental Laboratory named “Vardan EnviroLab” at Village Samaspur, Opposite

Amity International School, Sector 51, Gurgaon (Haryana) approved by National Accreditation

Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories, Govt. of India (NABL ACCREDITATION No. T-

2629), Ministry of Environment, Climate Change & Forest (MOEFCC No.- S.O. 1783 (E)),Haryana

State Pollution Control Board (HSPCB) and Rajasthan State Pollution Control Board (RSPCB), ISO

9001 : 2008 and OHSAS 18001 : 2007 .

The details of experts involved in the project are given as NABET Annexure VII at page No. ii.

http://nabet.qci.org.in/environment/pop.asp?file=documents/Annexure7.pdf&heading=Accredited%20EIA%20Consultant%20Organizations%20with%20accredited%20sectors

http://nabet.qci.org.in/environment/pop.asp?file=documents/Annexure7.pdf&heading=Accredited%20EIA%20Consultant%20Organizations%20with%20accredited%20sectors